| 	
		 Product Information   
					Announcement   
					o New Mail Code   
					o New Release   
					Revision   
					o Update   
					• 
					Title   
					ClearPath HMP Enterprise Servers NX5820 and NX5820 K Hardware Configuration Guide   
					(7017 6300–005)   
					This guide is intended to assist individuals responsible for defining and configuring a Unisys ClearPath HMP   
					Enterprise Servers NX5820 and NX5820 K product with future expansion in mind. Guidelines and recommendations   
					to assist the individuals responsible for defining and configuring a Unisys ClearPath HMP Enterprise Server NX5820   
					and NX5820 K server are also provided. The following product lines are available:   
					• 
					ClearPath HMP Enterprise Server NX5821 models are single-domain systems containing a single   
					VX1305-BSE/BSU, VX1505-BSE/BSU, ES5085, ES2024, or ES5044 based server.   
					• 
					ClearPath HMP Enterprise Server NX5822 models are dual-domain systems containing a single   
					VX1305-BSE/BSU, VX1505-BSE/BSU, ES5085R, ES2024, or ES5044 based server with an optional server of   
					the same type.   
					Technical changes and additions were made to provide coverage for the ES2024R and ES5044R servers.   
					To order additional copies of this document, visit the online Unisys Book Store at one of the following URLs:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					United States customers, call Unisys Direct at 1-800-448-1424.   
					Customers outside the United States, contact your Unisys sales office.   
					Unisys personnel, order through the electronic Book Store at http://iwww.bookstore.unisys.com.   
					
					Announcement only:   
					Announcement and attachments:   
					System:   
					ClearPath HMP Enterprise   
					Servers NX5820 and NX5820 K   
					AS273, CSES, and ECCA   
					Release:   
					Date:   
					June 2000   
					Part number: 7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				ClearPath HMP   
					Enterprise Servers   
					NX5820 and NX5820 K   
					Hardware Configuration Guide   
					Printed in USA   
					June 2000   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Format these characters as “white” to force printing of blank page.   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				ClearPath HMP   
					Enterprise Servers   
					NX5820 and NX5820 K   
					Hardware Configuration Guide   
					Unisys   
					û 2000 Unisys Corporation.   
					All rights reserved.   
					Printed in USA   
					June 2000   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				NO WARRANTIES OF ANY NATURE ARE EXTENDED BY THIS DOCUMENT. Any product or related information   
					described herein is only furnished pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions of a duly executed agreement to   
					purchase or lease equipment or to license software. The only warranties made by Unisys, if any, with respect to the   
					products described in this document are set forth in such agreement. Unisys cannot accept any financial or other   
					responsibility that may be the result of your use of the information in this document or software material, including   
					direct, special, or consequential damages.   
					You should be very careful to ensure that the use of this information and/or software material complies with the laws,   
					rules, and regulations of the jurisdictions with respect to which it is used.   
					The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Revisions may be issued to advise of such   
					changes and/or additions.   
					Notice to Government End Users: The software and accompanying documentation are delivered and licensed as   
					“commercial computer software” and “commercial computer software documentation” as those terms are used in 48   
					C.F.R. § 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. § 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, as applicable. The Government shall receive only those   
					rights provided in the standard commercial software license, or where applicable, the restricted and limited rights   
					provisions of the contract FAR or DFARS (or equivalent agency) clause.   
					
					Unisys and ClearPath are registered trademarks of Unisys Corporation.   
					All other marks are acknowledged to be the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. Unisys   
					Corporation cannot attest to the accuracy of this information.   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				ClearPath HMP   
					Enterprise Servers   
					ClearPath HMP   
					Enterprise Servers   
					NX5820 and   
					NX5820 K   
					NX5820 and NX5820 K   
					Hardware   
					Configuration   
					Guide   
					Hardware Configuration   
					Guide   
					7017 6300–005   
					7017 6300–005   
					Bend here, peel upwards and apply to spine.   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Format these characters as “white” to force printing of   
					blank page.   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Contents   
					About This Guide .......................................................................................   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					Models 31 to 71 .................................................   
					
					2–1   
					Models 32 to 78 .................................................   
					
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5821 Single-Domain,   
					
					2–1   
					
					through 71 ..........................................................   
					2–3   
					7017 6300–005   
					iii   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Contents   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822 Dual-Domain,   
					
					through 78 ..........................................................   
					
					
					
					2–6   
					
					
					BAS Models .........................................................   
					
					Models ................................................................   
					
					2–12   
					2–12   
					BAS Models .........................................................   
					
					
					2–13   
					
					Domain, Single-Processor (SDSP) Configurations ....   
					
					2–15   
					Domain Configurations .........................................   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					2–19   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					K ........................................................................................   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					3–10   
					
					
					
					
					Displays ..............................................................   
					3–12   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					iv   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Contents   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					Guide .................................................................................   
					5–17   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					Power Supply ......................................................   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					6–14   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					7017 6300–005   
					v 
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Contents   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					Switching LAN ....................................................................   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					6–40   
					
					
					Glossary .......................................................................................................   
					
					
					Index .............................................................................................................   
					vi   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Figures   
					
					
					VX1505 (7U) Servers ........................................................................   
					
					
					
					Single-Domain, Single-Console Configuration .......................................   
					
					Dual-Domain, Single-Console Configuration .........................................   
					Block Diagram of ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 and NX5820 K in   
					
					1–8   
					
					
					
					
					
					1–10   
					
					1–11   
					1–6.   
					Configuration ....................................................................................   
					1–12   
					
					
					Servers ............................................................................................   
					
					
					VX1305 Servers ...............................................................................   
					
					Servers ............................................................................................   
					
					Servers ............................................................................................   
					
					
					VX1305 Servers ...............................................................................   
					
					Servers ............................................................................................   
					Power Layout .......................................................................................   
					2–5   
					
					
					
					2–10   
					
					2–10   
					
					2–18   
					
					
					
					2–22   
					
					2–22   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					Two Servers, Four External 4-Channel Busses) ....................................   
					
					Servers, and One External 8-Channel Buss per Domain) .......................   
					
					
					
					
					
					5–13   
					
					5–14   
					7017 6300–005   
					vii   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Figures   
					
					
					Channel Racks ..................................................................................   
					
					5–15   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					6–13. SCP to UPS Status Cable .......................................................................   
					
					viii   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Tables   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					Configurations, Models 31 through 71 ...............................................   
					
					32 through 72 ..................................................................................   
					
					Models 73 through 78 ......................................................................   
					
					
					
					
					2–3   
					2–7   
					
					
					
					2–8   
					
					
					
					
					
					Processor Configurations ..................................................................   
					
					
					2–16   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					SDSP) ..............................................................................................   
					
					Upgrades (SDSP to DDDP) ................................................................   
					
					
					
					
					Processor Upgrade (SDSP to DDDP) ..................................................   
					
					Systems ..........................................................................................   
					
					Upgrade (DDDP to DDMP) .................................................................   
					
					(DDMP) ............................................................................................   
					2–28   
					2–28   
					
					
					
					2–32   
					2–33   
					2–33   
					2–34   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					Cabinet Styles ......................................................................................   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					7017 6300–005   
					ix   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Tables   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					LANs ................................................................................................   
					6–47   
					
					
					6–35. UPS Options .........................................................................................   
					
					
					
					
					x 
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				About This Guide   
					Purpose   
					This guide provides:   
					• 
					• 
					Guidelines and recommendations to assist the individuals responsible for defining and   
					configuring a Unisys ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 and NX5820 K server   
					Guidelines to ensure ease of future expansion and maximum throughput   
					Scope   
					This guide provides:   
					• 
					• 
					A brief description of the system with major emphasis on presenting the guidelines for   
					configuring system components   
					System limitations and restrictions with the focus on maximizing throughput   
					Audience   
					The audience for this guide includes:   
					• 
					• 
					Clients with skills equivalent to a second-level Unisys client service engineer (CSE)   
					experienced in configuring large-scale computer systems   
					Unisys client representatives   
					Prerequisites   
					This guide assumes a working knowledge of large-scale computer systems, including:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					How to configure standard system components   
					How to configure system options   
					How to configure domains   
					7017 6300–005   
					xi   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				About This Guide   
					How to Use This Guide   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Read the entire guide to familiarize yourself with the basic concepts it presents   
					Use it as a reference for configuring system components and system options   
					Use it to facilitate the ordering of system components   
					Organization   
					This guide consists of the following sections. In addition, an index appears at the end of   
					this guide.   
					Section 1. Introduction   
					Provides a system overview that describes the system components.   
					Section 2. Configuring System Hardware   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Lists models included in the product line   
					Lists hardware component styles, by model   
					Provides an overview of each model   
					Provides card profiles for the system and console cabinets   
					Provides block diagrams of the central equipment complex and the overall system   
					Section 3. Configuring System Options   
					Describes how to configure the following options:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Memory expansion   
					Channel expansion   
					Redundant system control processor (SCP)   
					Additional displays   
					Operator work space   
					Redundant power supply   
					• 
					Additional OSS7000 devices   
					Section 4. Configuring I/O Cabinets and Channel Racks   
					• 
					• 
					Provides a brief description of I/O cabinet configurations, referring the reader to   
					appropriate publications for detailed information   
					Describes how to configure channel racks   
					xii   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				About This Guide   
					Section 5. Configuring the Input/Output Module   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Describes how the I/O module (CIOM) is organized   
					Describes IOM options   
					Describes how to configure channels   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					Identifies channel adapter styles supported, both new and migration   
					Describes how to assign channel loads   
					Provides guidelines for configuring channels   
					Provides configuration diagrams for typical channel configurations   
					• 
					• 
					Describes how to configure peripheral devices included with the system   
					Identifies information included in the I/O Configuration Guide   
					Section 6. Configuring the Servers   
					Provides a description of server features and guidelines for configuring a   
					VX1305-BSE/BSU, VX1505-BSE/BSU or ES5085R based server.   
					Section 7. Connecting Other Host Systems   
					Provides guidelines for connecting other host systems through the I/O subsystem.   
					Related Product Information   
					Unisys Publications:   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 and NX5820 K Hardware Overview (7017   
					6284)   
					Describes the hardware configuration and features of the NX5820 and NX5820 K system,   
					including a brief overview of each of the major components.   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5600, NX5800, NX5820, and NX5820 K Site   
					Planning Guide (7016 7010)   
					Describes how to prepare the site for system installation.   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5600, NX5800, NX5820, and NX5820 K Site   
					Planning Materials (7016 7036)   
					Provides the forms required to prepare for system installation.   
					7017 6300–005   
					xiii   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				About This Guide   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5600, NX5800, NX5820, and NX5820 K Site   
					Planning Checklist (7016 7028)   
					Provides checklists and procedures required to prepare the site for system installation.   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX Series with Windows NT Implementation and   
					Operations Guide (8807 6542)   
					Provides instructions to install software products and software configurations for the   
					Operator Display Workstations (ODW) in a Windows NT environment.   
					Unisys e-@ction ClearPath Enterprise Servers A Series and NX Systems I/O   
					Configuration Guide (7008 6087)   
					Provides I/O configuration and guidelines for the Unisys e-@ction ClearPath Enterprise   
					Server NX systems.   
					ATM Channel Adapter Style CA6551-OC3 Configuration Guide (7013 0927)   
					Provides I/O configuration guidelines for ATM channel adapters used on ClearPath   
					Enterprise Server systems.   
					Industry Publications:   
					OutLook Concentrator User Guide (Part Number 053-0016-00), Apex PC   
					Solutions, Inc., Woodinville, WA   
					Describes the NT/SCP switch used with the servers. Includes an overview of the switch,   
					features description, unpacking and installation information, functional overview, and   
					configuration information.   
					xiv   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Section 1   
					Introduction   
					How to Use This Guide   
					This guide provides the guidelines, procedures, and examples necessary to configure a   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 and NX5820 K products.   
					For ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 and NX5820 K Enterprise Server (ES) product   
					line:   
					• 
					• 
					NX5821 models are single-domain systems with a single processor   
					NX5822 models are dual-domain systems containing either a single processor or multi-   
					processors per domain   
					All models include a single server, with a maximum of five servers per domain.   
					To configure your system:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Use this guide to configure the central system, up to and including the channel   
					interface   
					Use the ClearPath Enterprise Server NX I/O Hardware Configuration Guide (7008   
					6087) to configure the I/O subsystems from the channel interface outward   
					Read this introduction and the next section to gain familiarity with the system   
					architecture and system components   
					Use the remainder of the guide to configure a specific system   
					Adhering to the guidelines presented in this guide will enable you to correctly configure   
					the system and place a client order. For placing client orders, also refer to the Unisys   
					Configuration software system (UCON) used by sales support and salesperson to prepare   
					and configure Unisys computer products.   
					Note: The inclusion of items in this document does not guarantee their availability.   
					Refer to the Unisys Worldwide Price Book for an approved listing of products   
					available for purchase.   
					7017 6300–005   
					1–1   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				What Product Models Are Covered   
					What Product Models Are Covered   
					Table 1–1 lists the ClearPath Enterprise Server NX product models covered in this guide.   
					Table 1–1. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX Product Models Covered in This Guide   
					Model   
					Description   
					NX5820 PRODUCTS   
					NX5821 models 31 through 71   
					NX5822 models 32 through 78   
					Single-Domain, Single-Processor (SDSP)   
					Dual-Domain, Multiple-Processor (DDMP)   
					NX5820 K PRODUCTS   
					NX5821–BAS   
					Single-Domain, Single-Processor (SDSP) with performance level 31 to 71   
					NX5822–BAS   
					Dual-Domain, and Multi--Processor (DDDP and DDMP) with performance   
					level 32 to 7A   
					System Architecture   
					Features   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Multiple processors and redundant operation as client options   
					Processor module (PM) architecture that excels in array processing   
					Functional modules that use technologies based on state-of-the-art, high-density   
					Complimentary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) and Application Specific   
					Integrated Circuits (ASIC) technology   
					• 
					• 
					High-density multi-chip packaging that significantly reduces the physical size while   
					substantially improving performance and reliability   
					A unique packaging scheme that:   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					Provides for two distinct power and maintenance domains   
					Provides shared dual domain cooling   
					Enables the creation of two secure and independent partitions in one cabinet   
					Technology Enhancements   
					• 
					Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are generally smaller with higher densities and   
					finer traces   
					• 
					Memory subsystem enhancements that provide:   
					− 
					Up to 9,216 MB storage using six memory boards (three per domain)   
					1–2   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				System Partitioning   
					System Partitioning   
					Single Domain   
					• 
					• 
					Cannot be partitioned.   
					A single-domain system contains:   
					− 
					− 
					Its own power, cooling, and maintenance interface   
					Its own master clock   
					Dual Domain   
					Single Monolithic Partition   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					The combined domains function as a monolithic system.   
					Each domain contains a separate power subsystem and maintenance interface.   
					Cooling is shared between domains.   
					Although each domain contains a master clock, only one master clock is used by the   
					partition.   
					Two Separate Partitions   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Each partition functions as an independent system.   
					The partitions cannot share resources.   
					Each partition must include at least one PM, one IOM, and one MSU.   
					Each domain contains a separate power subsystem and shared cooling, regardless of   
					the division of resources among partitions.   
					• 
					Each partition uses a separate master clock and has a separate maintenance interface,   
					regardless of the division of resources among domains.   
					7017 6300–005   
					1–3   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Hardware Overview   
					Hardware Overview   
					Type of Computing System   
					The ClearPath NX5820 and NX5820 K Server is a general-purpose, medium-to-high-   
					performance system running under Level Delta compatible MCP.   
					The System Cabinet   
					The system cabinet includes:   
					• 
					• 
					A central equipment complex (CEC) section   
					An expansion section for additional servers, consoles, and peripherals   
					The SVGA monitor with keyboard and mouse are placed on a table or other surface near   
					the system cabinet. Figure 1–1 provides a conceptual view of the ClearPath Enterprise   
					Server NX5820 and NX5820 K with VX1505-based servers.   
					Central Equipment Complex (CEC) Section   
					The Central Equipment Complex section:   
					• 
					• 
					Houses the modules comprising the central processor system—one or two domains   
					Includes the following resources:   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					From one to ten processor modules (PMs) depending on model   
					From one to six memory storage units (MSUs) depending on model and options   
					One or two Input/Output Modules, one per domain, depending on model and   
					options.   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					Common logic, including maintenance subsystem, and master clock   
					Separate power subsystem in each domain   
					Shared cooling for both domains   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					No servers are located in the CEC section.   
					Up to two Automatic Power Control (APC)s depending on configuration.   
					Up to two Maintenance LAN Hubs, unlimited switching (Public) Hubs, and two Apex   
					Selector ST switches depending on configuration.   
					Figure 1–2 shows PCAs located for the CEC for the ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820.   
					Figure 1–3 shows PCAs located for the CEC for the ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820   
					K.   
					Figure 1–4 through Figure 1–6 show block diagrams of the ClearPath Enterprise Server   
					NX5820 and NX5820 K in various configurations of domains, switching hubs, servers, and   
					consoles.   
					Refer to Section 2 for information on specific models.   
					1–4   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Hardware Overview   
					Expansion Sections   
					The expansion sections house the following units:   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					Server A   
					Optional servers (up to five maximum per domain)   
					Up to two Maintenance LAN Hubs, unlimited switching (Public) Hubs, and up to   
					two Apex Selector ST Switches   
					− 
					An OSS7000 rack containing system peripheral units, including:   
					ο 
					ο 
					ο 
					CD-ROM drive   
					QIC tape drive   
					Two disk drives   
					− 
					− 
					Optional Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)   
					COMMPOD   
					SVGA Monitor and Keyboard with Mouse   
					• 
					• 
					Provides the operator interface with the system   
					Includes cables for positioning the keyboard, monitor, and mouse on a table or similar   
					surface near the system cabinet. A table is available as an option.   
					• 
					A remote support modem—for domestic systems only—is located with the monitor   
					and keyboard.   
					The I/O Subsystem   
					The I/O subsystem includes:   
					• 
					• 
					Rack-mounted devices   
					Other I/O devices   
					Rack-Mounted Devices   
					• 
					• 
					Housed in 36U-high rack-style utility cabinets (U = 1.75 inches)   
					Accommodates rack devices with both Unity Storage Device (USD) and Open Storage   
					Device (OSD) style prefixes   
					• 
					Rack-mounted devices connect to channel adapters via CS-bus interfaces (see   
					Sections 4 and 5)   
					For a comprehensive list of racks and devices qualified for use on the system, refer to   
					Appendix A in the ClearPath Enterprise Server NX I/O Hardware Configuration Guide   
					(7008 6087).   
					7017 6300–005   
					1–5   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				System Cabinet Organization   
					Other I/O Devices   
					The I/O subsystem accommodates any other device that connects via a CS-bus interface   
					and is qualified for use on the system, such as:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Standalone disks and tapes   
					Devices housed in migratory I/O cabinets   
					Devices attached via Direct Access Channels (DACs) to Fiber Distributed Data   
					Interface (FDDI) Local Area Network (LAN)s, 802.3 LANs, and Asynchronous Transfer   
					Mode (ATM) networks   
					• 
					Other host systems   
					System Cabinet Organization   
					Section 2 provides card profiles of the system cabinet for typical product models.   
					Supported Peripherals   
					See "Configuring Channels" in Section 5 for a list of channel adapter styles supported on   
					the ClearPath Enterprise Server NX Product. Refer to the ClearPath Enterprise Server   
					NX I/O Hardware Configuration Guide (7008 6087) for a list of peripheral devices and   
					details regarding the I/O subsystem configuration.   
					System Components   
					Table 1–2 lists acronyms for system components. Refer to the Glossary for additional   
					functional definitions.   
					1–6   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				System Components   
					Table 1–2. Acronyms for System Components   
					Acronym   
					Component Name   
					NX582x-rp   
					Enterprise Server models: (x = 1, single-domain; x = 2, dual-   
					domain; r = performance level; p = number of PMs per system)   
					Automatic Power Control   
					APC   
					ASIC   
					ATM   
					CIOM   
					CMF   
					CMOS   
					CSBus   
					CSE   
					Application specific integrated circuit   
					Asynchronous transfer mode   
					Common Input/Output module   
					Channel manager facility   
					Complimentary metal oxide semiconductor   
					Channel service bus   
					Common scan engine   
					DAC   
					DDA   
					DDMP   
					DIMM   
					DTU   
					Direct access channel   
					Dual domain adapter   
					Dual-domain, multiple-processor   
					dual Inline memory module   
					Data transfer unit   
					ES   
					Enterprise server   
					F/T   
					Feedthru   
					FDDI   
					GB   
					Fiber distributed data interface   
					Gigabyte   
					Enterprise   
					Server   
					IOB   
					Heterogeneous multi processing   
					Input/Output bridge   
					IOM   
					Input/Output module   
					IOU   
					Input/Output unit   
					IPI   
					JTAG   
					LAN   
					Intelligent peripheral interface   
					Joint task access group   
					Local area network   
					MAINTLAN   
					MB   
					Maintenance local area network   
					Megabyte   
					Mb   
					Megabit   
					MLI   
					Message level interface   
					Memory storage unit   
					Memory storage unit (4 requestor)   
					Memory storage unit (8 or 12 requestor)   
					Oscillator card (clock)   
					MSU   
					MSUA   
					MSUK   
					OSCAR   
					PCI   
					Peripheral connect interface   
					Processor module   
					PM   
					QIC   
					SCP   
					SCSI   
					SDSP   
					UPS   
					Quarter-inch cartridge tape   
					System control processor   
					Small computer system interface   
					Single-domain, single-processor   
					Uninterruptible power supply   
					Unity storage device   
					USD   
					7017 6300–005   
					1–7   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				System Components   
					Windows NT   
					Server C   
					* 
					Windows NT   
					Server B   
					* 
					Windows NT   
					Server D   
					* 
					Windows NT   
					Server A   
					* 
					Central Equipment   
					Section   
					The servers shown are typical of the servers that can be configured.   
					* 
					0670   
					Figure 1–1. Typical View of ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 and NX5820 K with   
					VX1505 (7U) Servers   
					1–8   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				System Components   
					Front View   
					Rear View   
					35   
					30   
					25   
					Impeller   
					Domain 0   
					Impeller   
					Impeller   
					Impeller   
					A06   
					Cooling   
					AC Inlet   
					Domain 1   
					Domain 1   
					AC Inlet   
					Domain 0   
					AC Inlet   
					Operator Panel   
					A05   
					A03   
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					P 
					C 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					P 
					C 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					Power   
					A04   
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					k 
					k 
					k 
					k 
					k 
					k 
					P 
					M 
					/ 
					Channel   
					Channel   
					Channel   
					Channel   
					Channel   
					Channel   
					C 
					o 
					m 
					M 
					S 
					U 
					0 
					M 
					M 
					P 
					P 
					I 
					I 
					P P M M   
					M 
					S 
					U 
					0 
					S 
					U 
					1 
					S 
					U 
					2 
					M M O O M M   
					S 
					U 
					2 
					S 
					U 
					1 
					C C C C C   
					C C C C C   
					M 
					S 
					U 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					B 
					B 
					m 
					O O O OO   
					M MM MM   
					O OO OO   
					M MM MM   
					20   
					15   
					10   
					5 
					o 
					n 
					A02   
					A01   
					* 
					* 
					M 
					O 
					D 
					U 
					L 
					P 
					P 
					P 
					P 
					I 
					/ 
					O 
					M 
					M M   
					M 
					F F C C F F   
					L L   
					/ 
					/ 
					/ 
					/ 
					T T K K T T   
					E 
					Inlet   
					A07   
					Console   
					Console   
					Redundant   
					Console   
					Redundant   
					Console   
					0 
					CIOM per domain is dedicated to IOU functionality.   
					Can not be used for CS-Bus connectivity   
					* 
					0037   
					Figure 1–2. System Cabinet PCA Locations for NX5820   
					7017 6300–005   
					1–9   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				System Components   
					Front View   
					Rear View   
					Impeller   
					Domain 0   
					Impeller   
					Impeller   
					Impeller   
					A06   
					A05   
					Cooling   
					AC Inlet   
					Domain 1   
					Domain 1   
					AC Inlet   
					Domain 0   
					AC Inlet   
					Operator Panel   
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					P 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					D 
					C 
					/ 
					P 
					C 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					B 
					u 
					l 
					A03   
					C 
					Power   
					A04   
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					D 
					C 
					k 
					k 
					k 
					k 
					k 
					k 
					P 
					M 
					/ 
					M 
					S 
					U 
					Channel   
					Channel   
					Channel   
					Channel   
					Channel   
					Channel   
					C 
					o 
					m 
					m 
					o 
					n 
					M 
					S 
					U 
					0 
					M 
					M 
					P 
					P 
					I 
					I 
					P P   
					M 
					M 
					S 
					U 
					1 
					M 
					S 
					U 
					0 
					S 
					U 
					1 
					S 
					U 
					2 
					M M O O M M   
					S 
					U 
					2 
					C C C C CC   
					C C C C C C   
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					B 
					B 
					O O O O OO   
					M M M MMM   
					O O OO OO   
					M M MM MM   
					A02   
					A01   
					* 
					* 
					* 
					M 
					O 
					D 
					U 
					L 
					P 
					P 
					P P   
					P 
					P 
					I 
					/ 
					O 
					M 
					M M M M   
					M 
					F F C C F   
					F 
					/ 
					/ 
					/ 
					L 
					L 
					/ 
					T T K K   
					T 
					T 
					E 
					Inlet   
					A07   
					Console   
					Console   
					Redundant   
					Console   
					Redundant   
					Console   
					Optional CIOM in domain 0 dedicated for Multi-IOU functionality.   
					Can not be used for CS-Bus connectivity   
					* 
					Optional CIOM in domain 1 dedicated for TCU functionality.   
					Can not be used for CS-Bus connectivity   
					* 
					* 
					0037A   
					Figure 1–3. System Cabinet PCA Locations for NX5820 K   
					System   
					Terminal   
					Public   
					Switch   
					10/100   
					BaseT   
					ST   
					Switch   
					NT   
					PCI   
					Bridge   
					10   
					BaseT   
					POWERNET   
					APC   
					MCP   
					Environment   
					Domain 0   
					802.3 Ch   
					SCP   
					CS Bus   
					10   
					BaseT   
					Direct CS Bus   
					CSE   
					OSS7000   
					Remote Support   
					DISK Ch   
					TAPE Ch   
					Maintenance   
					LAN Hub   
					MAINTLAN   
					FEEDTHRU   
					T27's   
					0701   
					Figure 1–4. Block Diagram of ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 and NX5820 K Single-   
					Domain, Single-Console Configuration   
					1–10   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				System Components   
					System   
					Terminal   
					Public   
					Switch   
					10/100   
					BaseT   
					ST   
					Switch   
					NT A   
					PCI   
					Bridge   
					10   
					BaseT   
					POWERNET   
					APC   
					MCP   
					Environment   
					Domain 0   
					802.3 Ch   
					SCP A   
					CS Bus   
					10   
					BaseT   
					Direct CS Bus   
					TAPE Ch   
					CSE   
					Remote Support   
					T27's   
					DISK Ch   
					Maintenance   
					LAN Hub   
					MAINTLAN   
					CD   
					FEEDTHRU   
					Tape   
					Disk   
					Disk   
					FEEDTHRU   
					MAINTLAN   
					DISK Ch   
					TAPE Ch   
					CS Bus   
					Direct CS Bus   
					802.3 Ch   
					PCI   
					Bridge   
					10   
					BaseT   
					Domain 1   
					MCP   
					Environment   
					0702   
					10/100   
					BaseT   
					NT B   
					Figure 1–5. Block Diagram of ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 and NX5820 K in Dual-   
					Domain, Single-Console Configuration   
					7017 6300–005   
					1–11   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				System Components   
					System   
					Terminal   
					Public   
					Switch A   
					10/100   
					BaseT   
					ST   
					Switch   
					NT A   
					PCI   
					Bridge   
					10   
					BaseT   
					POWERNET   
					APC   
					MCP   
					Environment   
					Domain 0   
					SCP A   
					802.3 Ch   
					CS Bus   
					10   
					BaseT   
					Direct CS Bus   
					CSE   
					Remote Support   
					TAPE Ch   
					DISK Ch   
					Maintenance   
					LAN Hub   
					MAINTLAN   
					T27's   
					CD   
					FEEDTHRU   
					FEEDTHRU   
					Tape   
					Disk   
					Disk   
					MAINTLAN   
					DISK Ch   
					Maintenance   
					LAN Hub   
					TAPE Ch   
					CS Bus   
					Direct CS Bus   
					802.3 Ch   
					PCI   
					10   
					Bridge   
					BaseT   
					Domain 1   
					MCP   
					Environment   
					10/100   
					BaseT   
					NT B   
					10   
					BaseT   
					CSE   
					Public   
					Switch B   
					SCP B   
					System   
					Terminal   
					ST   
					Switch   
					0703   
					Figure 1–6. Block Diagram of ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 and NX5820 K in Dual-   
					Domain, Redundant-Console/Redundant Public Switch Configuration   
					1–12   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Section 2   
					Configuring System Hardware   
					How This Section Is Organized   
					This section contains the following information for the ClearPath HMP Enterprise Servers   
					NX5820 and NX5820 K products:   
					• 
					• 
					Provides a summary list of hardware components, by model   
					Provides an overview of each model, including the system cabinet card profile and a   
					list of components included with the model   
					NX5820 Products   
					Table 2–1 lists the basic hardware components associated with each NX5820 product   
					model. The minimum and maximum system configurations are as follows:   
					Single-Domain, Single-Processor (SDSP) NX5821 Models 31 to 71   
					• 
					Minimum system performance – NX5821-31   
					Maximum system performance – NX5821-71   
					• 
					• 
					One processor module (PM)   
					One I/O module (CIOM) with up to four channel service bus (CS-bus) interfaces per   
					CIOM board.   
					• 
					• 
					One CIOM board is dedicated for IOU functionality.   
					One memory storage unit with 192 MB storage minimum per domain (Optional 1152   
					MB per domain maximum). Memory has 4 requesters.   
					• 
					Single server containing its own processing modules, memory, and peripheral   
					subsystem, with a dual-server per domain option   
					Dual-Domain, Multiple-Processor (DDMP) NX5822 Models 32 to 78   
					• 
					Minimum system performance – NX5822-32   
					Maximum system performance – NX5822-78   
					• 
					• 
					Two to eight processor modules (PM) depending on model   
					Two to eight I/O modules (CIOM), one to four per domain for CS-bus connectivity   
					with up to four channel service bus (CS-bus) interfaces per CIOM   
					• 
					Two CIOMs (one per domain) dedicated for IOU functionality only   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–1   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 Products   
					• 
					• 
					One to two memory storage units with 192 MB or 384 MB storage per domain   
					depending on model   
					Single server containing its own processing modules, memory, and peripheral   
					subsystem, with a dual-server per domain option   
					Notes:   
					1. The CEC contains two distinct and independent power and maintenance domains   
					to support the functional hardware in the respective domain.   
					2. Cooling is shared between domains.   
					3. Redundant power is optional.   
					Table 2–1. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 Product Models   
					SCSI-2W4   
					Channels   
					Model   
					(Package   
					Style)   
					Processor   
					Modules   
					Memory   
					Storage   
					Units1   
					CIOM2   
					Modules   
					Std/Max   
					Servers3   
					Std/Max   
					System   
					(SCP)   
					Console   
					Std/Max   
					802.3   
					Channels   
					Maint   
					LAN   
					Maint   
					Hub   
					Std/Max   
					Switching Hub5   
					Std/Max   
					Std/Max   
					NX5820 Single-Domain, Single-Processor (SDSP) Models   
					NX5821-31   
					NX5821-41   
					NX5821-51   
					NX5821-61   
					NX5821-71   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1/3   
					1/3   
					1/3   
					1/3   
					1/3   
					2/5   
					2/5   
					2/5   
					2/5   
					2/5   
					1/5   
					1/5   
					1/5   
					1/5   
					1/5   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1/1   
					1/1   
					1/1   
					1/1   
					1/1   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					NX5820 Dual-Domain, Multi-Processor (DDMP) Models   
					NX5822-32   
					NX5822-42   
					NX5822-52   
					NX5822-62   
					NX5822-72   
					NX5822-73   
					NX5822-74   
					NX5822-75   
					NX5822-76   
					NX5822-77   
					NX5822-78   
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/6   
					4/6   
					4/6   
					4/6   
					4/10   
					4/10   
					4/10   
					4/10   
					4/10   
					4/10   
					4/10   
					4/10   
					4/10   
					4/10   
					4/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					Notes:   
					1. The NX5820 utilizes two styles of (MSA and MSK) memory boards. The MSA104 boards are to be   
					configured in all systems up to and including model NX5822-72, the MSK208 boards are to be configured   
					in system models NX5822-73 to-76, and the MSK412 boards are to be configured in models NX5822-77   
					and 78.   
					2. Up to five CIOMs can be configured per domain with one dedicated (per domain) to provide IOU   
					functionality and up to four to provide CS-Bus connectivity.   
					3. Each model includes a basic server; up to five servers per domain are configurable.   
					4. Dedicated SCSI-2W channels (2 per domain) for connection of OSS7000 device (QIC tape, CD-ROM, and   
					hard disk).   
					5. Space provided for two within CEC cabinet, additional hubs can be configured as required.   
					2–2   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 Product Configurations   
					NX5820 Product Configurations   
					This subsection describes the NX5820 product configurations.   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5821 Single-Domain, Single-   
					Processor (SDSP) Configurations Models 31 through 71   
					• 
					• 
					Table 2–2 lists component styles for these models.   
					Figure 2–1 and Figure 2–2 show the hardware configurations for system cabinets   
					containing VX1305- and VX1505-based servers, respectively.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Companion styles are listed later in this section.   
					Power/cooling options are listed later in this section.   
					System upgrades are listed later in this section.   
					Section 3 provides guidelines for adding system options.   
					Table 2–2. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5821 Single-Domain, Single-Processor   
					Configurations, Models 31 through 71   
					Component   
					Description   
					NX5821 Models   
					Style   
					31   
					41   
					51   
					61   
					71   
					NX580131-MOD   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 31 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX58312-PRM   
					NX582131-UDE   
					NX580141-MOD   
					STYLE PROM, NX5820 31/32   
					1 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5821-31   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 41 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX58412-PRM   
					NX582141-UDE   
					NX580151-MOD   
					STYLE PROM, NX5820 41/42   
					1 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5821-41   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 51 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX58512-PRM   
					NX582151-UDE   
					NX580161-MOD   
					STYLE PROM, NX5820 51/52   
					1 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5821-51   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 61 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX58612-PRM   
					NX582161-UDE   
					NX580171-MOD   
					STYLE PROM, NX5820 61/62   
					1 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5821-61   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 71 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX58712-PRM   
					NX582171-UDE   
					STYLE PROM, NX5820 71/72   
					1 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5821-71   
					Common Components   
					NX5821-CCC   
					Domain 0 CARD COMPLEMENT, CIOM (1 PM, 2   
					CIOM, 1 KIOB)   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					7017 6300–005   
					2–3   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 Product Configurations   
					Table 2–2. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5821 Single-Domain, Single-Processor   
					Configurations, Models 31 through 71   
					Component   
					Style   
					Description   
					NX5821 Models   
					31   
					41   
					51   
					61   
					71   
					MSA104-192   
					NX5820-PSB   
					BRM36-O   
					MSUA BD, 1 CHIPSET, 4 REQUESTER, 192 MB   
					BASIC POWER SUPPLY COMPLEMENT   
					BASIC 36U CABINET ASSEMBLY, STAND ALONE   
					APPEARANCE TRIM   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					RM2-TRM   
					NX5800-FAS   
					NX5000-IDP   
					NX5820-SCP1   
					NX5821-1X1,2   
					NX5820-CM   
					NX5820-CMA   
					FRONT FASCIA COVERS   
					ID PANEL   
					SYSTEM CONSOLE   
					COMPANION STYLES (INCLUDES CHANNELS)   
					CABLE MANAGER   
					CABLE MANAGER   
					Single server:   
					One of:3   
					VX1305-BSE or   
					VX1505-BSE or   
					ES5085R or   
					ES2024R or   
					ES5044R   
					Server (4U, 1-2 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-4 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-8 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-2 Processor Server)   
					Server (5U, 1-4 Processor Server)   
					REMOTE SUPPORT MODEM   
					A1003-MOD1,4   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					Notes:   
					1. Must be ordered separately.   
					2. See "companion package styles" for a list of components provided with this package style.   
					3. See Section 6 for configuration information on servers.   
					4. Required for domestic orders only.   
					2–4   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				NX5820 Product Configurations   
					35   
					30   
					25   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					OSS7000   
					Peripheral Rack   
					CEC   
					20   
					15   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 5   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 4   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 3   
					10   
					5 
					Console   
					(Primary)   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 2   
					VX1305-BSE   
					Server Position 1   
					0 
					Central Equipment   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					0704   
					Figure 2–1. NX5820 Single-Domain System Cabinet Configuration with VX1305 Servers   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–5   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 Product Configurations   
					35   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					30   
					25   
					OSS7000   
					Peripheral Rack   
					CEC   
					20   
					VX1505-BSU   
					Server Position 3   
					15   
					VX1505-BSU   
					VX1505-BSU   
					10   
					Server Position 5   
					Server Position 2   
					Console   
					(Primary)   
					5 
					VX1505-BSU   
					VX1505-BSE   
					Server Position 4   
					Server Position 1   
					0 
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					Central Equipment   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					0705   
					Figure 2–2. NX5820 Single-Domain Cabinet Configuration, with VX1505 Servers   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822 Dual-Domain, Multi-Processor   
					(DDMP) Configurations Models 32 through 78   
					Table 2–3 lists component styles for models 32 through 72.   
					Table 2–4 lists component styles for models 73 through 78.   
					Figure 2–3 and Figure 2–4 show the hardware configurations for system cabinets   
					containing VX1305 and VX1505 based servers, respectively.   
					Companion styles are listed later in this section.   
					Power/cooling options are listed later in this section.   
					System upgrades are listed later in this section.   
					Section 3 provides guidelines for adding system options.   
					2–6   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 Product Configurations   
					Table 2–3. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822 Dual-Domain, Multi-Processor Models 32   
					through 72   
					Component   
					Description   
					NX5822 Models   
					Style   
					32   
					42   
					52   
					62   
					72   
					NX580131-MOD   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 31 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX580232-CMP   
					NX58312-PRM   
					NX582232-UDE   
					NX580141-MOD   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 32   
					1 
					2 
					1 
					STYLE PROM, NX5820 31/32   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-32   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 41 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX580242-CMP   
					NX58412-PRM   
					NX582242-UDE   
					NX580151-MOD   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 42   
					STYLE PROM, NX5820 41/42   
					1 
					2 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-42   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 51 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX580252-CMP   
					NX58512-PRM   
					NX582252-UDE   
					NX580161-MOD   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 52   
					1 
					2 
					1 
					STYLE PROM, NX5820 51/52   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-52   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 61 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX580262-CMP   
					NX58612-PRM   
					NX582262-UDE   
					NX580171-MOD   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 62   
					1 
					2 
					1 
					STYLE PROM, NX5820 61/62   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-62   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 71 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX580272-CMP   
					NX58712-PRM   
					NX582272-UDE   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 72   
					STYLE PROM, NX5820 71/72   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-72   
					Common Components   
					1 
					2 
					1 
					NX5821-CCC   
					NX5822-CCC   
					DOMAIN 0 CARD COMPLEMENT, CIOM (1 PM, 2   
					CIOM, 1 IOB)   
					DOMAIN 1 CARD COMPLEMENT, CIOM (1 PM, 2   
					CIOM, 1 IOB)   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					MSA104-192   
					NX5820-PSB   
					BRM36-O   
					MSUA BD, 1 CHIPSET, 4 REQUESTER, 192 MB   
					BASIC POWER SUPPLY COMPLEMENT   
					BASIC 36U CABINET ASSEMBLY, STAND ALONE   
					APPEARANCE TRIM   
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					RM2-TRM   
					NX5800-FAS   
					NX5000-IDP   
					NX5820-SCP1   
					NX5820-CM   
					NX5820-CMA   
					NX5822-2X1,2   
					FRONT FASCIA COVERS   
					ID PANEL   
					SYSTEM CONSOLE   
					CABLE MANAGER   
					CABLE MANAGER   
					COMPANION STYLES (INCLUDES CHANNELS)   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–7   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 Product Configurations   
					Table 2–3. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822 Dual-Domain, Multi-Processor Models 32   
					through 72   
					Component   
					Style   
					Description   
					NX5822 Models   
					32   
					42   
					52   
					62   
					72   
					One of:3   
					Single server:   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					VX1305-BSE or   
					VX1505-BSE or   
					ES5085R or   
					ES2024R or   
					ES5044R   
					Server (4U, 1-2 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-4 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-8 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-2 Processor Server)   
					Server (5U, 1-4 Processor Server)   
					REMOTE SUPPORT MODEM   
					A1003-MOD1,4   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					Notes:   
					1. Must be ordered separately.   
					2. See "companion package styles" for a list of components provided with this package style.   
					3. See Section 6 for configuration information on servers.   
					4. Required for domestic orders only.   
					Table 2–4. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822 Dual-Domain, Multi-Processors Models 73   
					through 78   
					Component   
					Description   
					NX5822 Models   
					Style   
					73   
					74   
					75   
					76   
					77   
					78   
					NX580173-MOD   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 73 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX580273-CMP   
					NX582273-UDE   
					NX582173-MOD   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 73   
					1 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-73   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 73 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX582273-CMP   
					NX582274-UDE   
					NX582173-MOD   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 73   
					1 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-74   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 73 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX582273-CMP   
					NX582275-UDE   
					NX580173-MOD   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 73   
					1 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-75   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 73 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX582273-CMP   
					NX582276-UDE   
					NX580173-MOD   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 73   
					1 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-76   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 73 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					NX580273-CMP   
					NX582277-UDE   
					NX580173-MOD   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 73   
					1 
					1 
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-77   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN 73 (Includes   
					Cooling, Power, ac Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					1 
					2–8   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 Product Configurations   
					Table 2–4. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822 Dual-Domain, Multi-Processors Models 73   
					through 78   
					Component   
					Style   
					Description   
					NX5822 Models   
					73   
					74   
					75   
					76   
					77   
					78   
					NX580273-CMP   
					NX582278-UDE   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 73   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-78   
					Common Components   
					1 
					1 
					NX58712-PRM   
					NX5821-CCC   
					STYLE PROM, NX5820-71/72   
					2 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					DOMAIN 0 CARD COMPLEMENT, CIOM (1 PM, 2   
					CIOM, 1 KIOB)   
					NX5822-CC   
					DOMAIN 1 CARD COMPLEMENT, CIOM (1 PM, 2   
					CIOM, 1 KIOB)   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					5 
					1 
					6 
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD COMPLEMENT   
					MSUK BD, 2 CHIPSET, 8 REQUESTER, 384 MB   
					MSUK BD, 2 CHIPSET, 12 REQUESTER, 384 MB   
					BASIC POWER SUPPLY COMPLEMENT   
					PWR SUP (3U) 360 dc to 3.3 dc   
					BASIC 36U CABINET ASSEMBLY, STAND ALONE   
					APPEARANCE TRIM   
					1 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					3 
					2 
					4 
					4 
					MSK208-384   
					MSK412-384   
					NX5820-PSB   
					PS3300-3V   
					BRM36-O   
					4 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					4 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					RM2-TRM   
					NX5800-FAS   
					NX5000-IDP   
					NX5820-SCP1   
					NX5820-CM   
					NX5820-CMA   
					NX5822-2X1,2   
					FRONT FASCIA COVERS   
					ID PANEL   
					SYSTEM CONSOLE   
					CABLE MANAGER   
					CABLE MANAGER   
					COMPANION STYLES (INCLUDES CHANNELS)   
					Single server:   
					One of:3   
					VX1305-BSE or   
					VX1505-BSE or   
					ES5085R or   
					ES2024R or   
					ES5044R   
					Server (4U, 1-2 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-4 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-8 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-2 Processor Server)   
					Server (5U, 1-4 Processor Server)   
					REMOTE SUPPORT MODEM   
					A1003-MOD1,4   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					Notes:   
					1. Must be ordered separately.   
					2. See "companion package styles" for a list of components provided with this package style.   
					3. See Section 6 for configuration information on servers.   
					4. Required for domestic orders only.   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–9   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				NX5820 Product Configurations   
					35   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					30   
					OSS7000   
					Peripheral Rack   
					25   
					20   
					CEC   
					VX1305-BSU   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 10   
					Server Position 5   
					15   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 4   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 9   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 8   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 3   
					10   
					Console   
					(Primary)   
					VX1305-BSU   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 7   
					Server Position 2   
					5 
					Console   
					(Redundant)   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 6   
					VX1305-BSE   
					Server Position 1   
					0 
					Central Equipment   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					0706   
					Figure 2–3. NX5820 Dual-Domain Redundant System Cabinet Configuration, with VX1305   
					Servers   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					OSS7000   
					Peripheral Rack   
					Server Position 7   
					Server Position 6   
					CEC   
					Server Position 10   
					Server Position 9   
					Server Position 8   
					Server Position 3   
					Server Position 2   
					Server Position 1   
					Server Position 5   
					Server Position 4   
					SCP   
					(Primary)   
					SCP   
					(Redundant)   
					Central Equipment   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					0707A   
					Figure 2–4. NX5820 Dual-Domain System Cabinet Configuration, with VX1505 Servers   
					2–10   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 Product Configurations   
					NX5820 Companion Package Style   
					Table 2–5 summarizes the companion package styles required for the various NX5820   
					models. As noted in the component style charts, these package styles must be ordered   
					separately from the system package style.   
					Additional components may be added through system upgrades (see "System Upgrades")   
					or through system options (see Section 3).   
					Table 2–5. NX5820 Companion Styles   
					Component   
					Style   
					Description   
					Package Styles   
					NX5821-1X1   
					NX5822-2X2   
					ADP131-1T3   
					B25-LC   
					BRM36-02   
					CA322-SCI   
					CA600-OMC   
					CA626-BAS   
					CBL12-APX   
					CBL131-10A   
					CDR1740-SI   
					CMT25   
					3 FOOT SCSI-1 TO SCSI-3 CABLE   
					POWER CORD:LINE CORD   
					2 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					- 
					4 
					1 
					1 
					4 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					- 
					BASIC 36U CAB ASSY, ADD ON   
					SCSI-2W CHANNEL ADAPTER   
					CA600 OPERATIONAL MICROCODE   
					CTRL:HIG PERFORMANCE 802.3 BASE   
					CABLE ASSY, 12 FOOT APEX SWITCH   
					CABLE, 10 FOOT SCSI-1   
					FEATURE, 17-40X SCSI CD-ROM   
					RS232 25 FOOT CABLE   
					CABLE, MODEM BELL, 3 FOOT   
					CABLE ASSEMBLY, CSB III, 10 FOOT   
					Ethernet cable 4 meters   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					4 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					4 
					1 
					1 
					CMT3   
					CSB3-10C   
					1 
					2 
					1 
					- 
					DSH600004-TBT   
					DSH600007-TBT   
					NX5820-DDA   
					NX5820-DOC   
					NX5820-MNT   
					NX5820-OPC   
					OSD1001-QTA   
					OSD4111-S20   
					OSS7000-NDY   
					OSS7000-SBO   
					RM2-AP2   
					RML36-AFT   
					SCP5820-CMP   
					VX4000-XCR   
					VX4008-SWT   
					VX5000-SWH   
					Ethernet cable 7 meters   
					SYSTEM CONSOLE, DUAL DOMAIN ADAPTER   
					OPERATIONAL DOCUMENTS   
					MAINTENANCE KIT   
					OPERATIONAL CODE   
					FEATURE, QIC TAPE   
					FEATURE, RRM, 4.1 GB (UF) 180 BYTE SECTOR   
					RACK, SCSI NARROW DIFFERENTIAL   
					SPLIT BUS UPGRADE   
					APC 2U RM-MODULE   
					LEFT MOUNT, TOP, REAR, FLAT SPACER   
					CONSOLE COMPONENTS   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					TRANSCEIVER, AUI/10BASET   
					8 PORT MON/KEYBD/MOUSE SWITCH   
					CS SWITCHING HUB   
					Notes:   
					1. Required for System Models NX5821-31 to -71 (SDSP).   
					2. Required for System Models NX5822-32 to -78 (DDDP).   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–11   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Products   
					NX5820 K Products   
					Table 2–6 lists the basic hardware components associated with each NX5820 K product   
					model. The minimum and maximum system configurations are as follows:   
					Single-Domain, Single-Processor (SDSP) NX5821 – BAS Models   
					• 
					• 
					Requires style NX5821-1D1   
					Minimum system performance – NX5821-PL3 (w/PROM NX58231-PRK)   
					Maximum system performance – NX5821-PL7(w/PROM NX58271-PRK)   
					• 
					• 
					One processor module (PM)   
					One I/O module (CIOM) with up to four channel service bus (CS-bus) interfaces per   
					CIOM board.   
					• 
					• 
					One memory storage unit with 192 MB storage minimum per domain (Optional 1152   
					MB per domain maximum). Memory has 4 requesters.   
					Single server containing its own processing modules, memory, and peripheral   
					subsystem, with up to five-servers per domain optional.   
					Dual-Domain, Dual Processor (DDDP) NX5822 – BAS Models   
					• 
					• 
					Requires style NX5822-2D2   
					Minimum system performance level – NX5822–PL3 (w/PROM NX58232-PRK)   
					Maximum system performance level – NX5822–PL7 (w/PROM NX58272-PRK)   
					• 
					• 
					Two processor modules (PM)   
					Two to twelve I/O modules (CIOM). One to five per domain for CS-Bus connectivity   
					with up to four channel service bus (CS-Bus) interfaces per CIOM. Optional one   
					CIOM in domain 0 is dedicated for Multi IOU functionality and one CIOM in domain 1   
					is dedicated for TCU functionality. These can not be used for CS-Bus connectivity.   
					• 
					• 
					Two (one per domain) memory storage units with 192 MB storage minimum per   
					domain. Memory has four requesters.   
					Single server containing its own processing modules, memory, and peripheral   
					subsystem, with up to five servers per domain optional.   
					2–12   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Products   
					Dual-Domain, Multiple-Processor (DDMP) NX5822 – BAS Models   
					• 
					• 
					Requires one of the following styles NX5822-2D3 to NX5822-2DA   
					Minimum system performance level – NX5823–PL7 (w/PROM NX58273-PRK)   
					Maximum system performance level – NX58210–PL7 (w/PROM NX582710-PRK)   
					• 
					• 
					Three to ten processor modules (PM) depending on model   
					Two to twelve I/O modules (CIOM). One to five per domain for CS-Bus connectivity   
					with up to four channel service bus (CS-Bus) interfaces per CIOM. Optional one   
					CIOM in domain 0 is dedicated for Multi IOU functionality and one CIOM in domain 1   
					is dedicated for TCU functionality. These can not be used for CS-Bus connectivity.   
					• 
					• 
					One to two memory storage units with 192-MB or 384-MB storage per domain   
					depending on model   
					Single server containing its own processing modules, memory, and peripheral   
					subsystem, with up to five-servers per domain optional.   
					Notes:   
					1. The CEC contains two distinct and independent power and maintenance domains   
					to support the functional hardware in the respective domain.   
					2. Cooling is shared between domains.   
					3. Redundant power is optional.   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–13   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Products   
					Table 2–6. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 K Product Models   
					Model   
					(Performance   
					Level)   
					Processor   
					Modules   
					Memory   
					Storage   
					Units1   
					CIOM   
					Servers3   
					Std/Max   
					System   
					(SCP)   
					Console   
					Std/Max   
					SCSI-2W   
					802.3   
					Channels   
					Maint   
					LAN   
					Channel   
					Maint   
					Hub   
					Std/Max   
					Switching   
					Hub5   
					Std/Max   
					Modules2   
					Std/Max   
					Channels4   
					NX5820 K Single-Domain, Single-Processor (SDSP) Models   
					NX5821-BAS   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1/3   
					1/3   
					1/3   
					1/3   
					1/3   
					1/6   
					1/6   
					1/6   
					1/6   
					1/6   
					1/5   
					1/5   
					1/5   
					1/5   
					1/5   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1/1   
					1/1   
					1/1   
					1/1   
					1/1   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					NX5821-1D1   
					(with NX5821-PL3)   
					NX5821-BAS   
					/NX5821-1D1   
					(with NX5821-PL4)   
					NX5821-BAS   
					NX5821-1D1   
					(with NX5821-PL5)   
					NX5821-BAS   
					NX5821-1D1   
					(with NX5821-PL6)   
					NX5821-BAS   
					NX5821-1D1   
					(with NX5821-PL7)   
					NX5820 K Dual-Domain, Dual-Processor (DDDP) Models   
					NX5822-BAS   
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/12   
					2/12   
					2/12   
					2/12   
					2/12   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					NX5822-2D2   
					(with NX5822-PL3)   
					NX5822-BAS   
					NX5822-2D2   
					(with NX5822-PL4)   
					NX5822-BAS   
					NX5822-2D2   
					(with NX5822-PL5)   
					NX5822-BAS   
					NX5822-2D2   
					(with NX5822-PL6)   
					NX5822-BAS   
					NX5822-2D2   
					(with NX5822-PL7)   
					NX5820 K Dual-Domain, Multi-Processor (DDMP) Models   
					NX5822-BAS   
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					2/6   
					2/6   
					2/6   
					4/6   
					2/12   
					2/12   
					2/12   
					2/12   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					4 
					4 
					4 
					4 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					/NX5822-2D3   
					(with NX5823-PL7)   
					NX5822-BAS   
					NX5822-2D4   
					(with NX5824-PL7)   
					NX5822-BAS   
					NX5822-2D5   
					(with NX5825-PL7)   
					NX5822-BAS   
					X5822-2D6   
					(with NX5826-PL7)   
					2–14   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					Table 2–6. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 K Product Models   
					Model   
					(Performance   
					Level)   
					Processor   
					Modules   
					Memory   
					Storage   
					Units1   
					CIOM   
					Servers3   
					Std/Max   
					System   
					(SCP)   
					Console   
					Std/Max   
					SCSI-2W   
					802.3   
					Channels   
					Maint   
					LAN   
					Channel   
					Maint   
					Hub   
					Std/Max   
					Switching   
					Hub5   
					Std/Max   
					Modules2   
					Std/Max   
					Channels4   
					NX5822-BAS   
					7 
					8 
					4/6   
					4/6   
					4/6   
					2/12   
					2/12   
					2/12   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/10   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					4 
					4 
					4 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/2   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					1/Unlimited   
					NX5822-2D7   
					(with NX5827-PL7)   
					NX5822-BAS   
					NX5822-2D8   
					(with NX5828-PL7)   
					NX5822-BAS   
					10   
					NX5822-2DA   
					(with NX58210-PL7)   
					Notes:   
					1. The NX5820 K utilizes two styles of memory boards (MSA and MSK). The MSA104 boards are to be   
					configured in all systems up to and including models NX5821-1D1 and NX5822-2D2. The MSK208 boards   
					are to be configured in system models NX5822-2D3 to -2D6. The MSK412   
					configured in models NX5822-2D7, NX5822-2D8 and -2DA.   
					boards are to be   
					2. Up to five CIOMs can be configured per domain to provide CS-Bus connectivity. Optional one CIOM in   
					domain 0 is dedicated for Multi IOU functionality and one CIOM in domain 1 is dedicated for TCU   
					functionality. These can not be used for CS-Bus connectivity.   
					3. Each model includes a basic server; up to five servers per domain are configurable.   
					4. Dedicated SCSI-2W channels (2 per domain)for connection of OSS7000 device (QIC tape, CD-ROM, and   
					hard disk).   
					5. Space provided for two switching Hubs within CEC cabinet, additional hubs can be configured as   
					required.   
					NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					This subsection describes the NX5820 K product configurations.   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5821–BAS Single-Domain, Single-   
					Processor (SDSP) Configurations   
					• 
					• 
					Table 2–7 lists component styles for these models.   
					Figure 2–5 and Figure 2–6 show the hardware configurations for system cabinets   
					containing VX1305- and VX1505-based servers, respectively.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Processor styles are listed later in this section.   
					Power/cooling options are listed later in this section.   
					System upgrades are listed later in this section.   
					Section 3 provides guidelines for adding system options.   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–15   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					Table 2–7. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5821–BAS Single-Domain, Single-Processor   
					Configurations   
					Package Style NX5821–BAS   
					Component Style   
					ADP68501-FTF   
					Description   
					Qty.   
					68F/50F SCSI ADAPTER   
					POWER CORD:LINE CORD   
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					B25-LC   
					BRM36-O   
					BRM36-O2   
					BASIC 36U CAB ASSEMBLY, STAND ALONE   
					BASIC 36U CAB ASSEMBLY, STAND ALONE   
					SCSI-2W CHANNEL ADAPTER   
					CA600 OPERATIONAL MICROCODE   
					CTRL:HIG PERFORMANCE 802.3 BASE   
					CABLE ASSY, 12 FOOT APEX SWITCH   
					CABLE, 10-FOOT SCSI 1   
					CA322-SCI   
					CA600-OMC   
					CA626-BAS   
					CBL12-APX   
					CBL131-10A   
					CDR1740-SI   
					CSB3-10C   
					17X-40X SCSI CDROM   
					CABLE ASSEMBLY, CSB III, (COAX)   
					PC100 SDRAM 128MB   
					DIM10072-128   
					DR20001-OK1   
					DR200081-Z   
					DSH600004-TBT   
					DSH600007-TBT   
					DSR2500-512   
					EVG2100-P   
					HDL917-W   
					OK KIT   
					DUAL RACK, AC PWR   
					4 METER ETHERNET CABLE   
					7 METER ETHERNET CABLE   
					500 MHz, W/512K   
					15” CLR MON HIGH-END   
					9-GB P-WIDE SCSI   
					NX5000-IDP   
					NX5800-FAS   
					NX580131-MOD   
					NX5000 ClearPath ID PANEL   
					FRONT FASCIA COVERS   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN (Includes Cooling, Power, AC   
					Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					NX5820-CM   
					NX5820 CABLE MANAGER   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					NX5820-CMA   
					NX5820-DOC   
					NX5820-MNT   
					NX5820-OPC   
					NX5820-PSB   
					NX5821-CCK   
					OS1000-CUS   
					OSD1001-QTA   
					OSD4111-S20   
					OSS7000-NDY   
					OSS7000-SBO   
					NX5820 CABLE MANAGER, ADDITIONAL   
					OPERATIONAL DOCUMENTS   
					MAINTENANCE KIT   
					OPERATIONAL CODE   
					BASIC POWER SUPPLY COMPLEMENT   
					DOM0 CARD COMPL, CIOM (1 CIOM, 1 KIUB)   
					CUSTOMER SU (PC not NT)   
					FEATURE, QIC TAPE   
					FEATURE, RRM, 4.1-GB 180 BYTE SECTOR   
					RACK, SCSI NARROW DIFFERENTIAL   
					SPLIT BUS UPGRADE   
					2–16   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					Table 2–7. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5821–BAS Single-Domain, Single-Processor   
					Configurations   
					Package Style NX5821–BAS   
					Component Style   
					PCK104-SKB   
					Description   
					Qty.   
					KEYBOARD   
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					PCK1-EXT   
					CABLE, M TO F PS2   
					1.2 GB QIC TAPE   
					MOUSE 2-BUTTON   
					APC II 2U RM-MODULE   
					APPEARANCE TRIM   
					PCT1200-INT   
					PWM1-PS2   
					RM2-AP2   
					RM2-TRM   
					RML36-AFT   
					SCP5820-CMP   
					SVG100-EXT   
					USE1936-LC8   
					UW6021-SDK   
					UXW21-PED   
					UXW2-DRV   
					LEFT MOUNT, TOP REAR FLAT SPACER   
					CONSOLE COMPONENTS   
					M TO F SVGA EXT CBL   
					POWER ‘Y’ CABLE, 250 VAC, 10 AMP   
					SOFTWARE DEV KIT   
					SCO UW PERS   
					SCO DRIVER   
					VX1300-FAS   
					VX1820-CPS   
					VX4000-XCR   
					VX4008-SWT   
					VX5000-SWH   
					NX5821-1D1   
					FASCIA, SERVER VX1300 (DR/2)   
					ClearPath SERVER APPLICATION   
					TRANSCEIVER, AUI/10BASET   
					8 PORT MON/KEYBD/MOUSE SWITCH   
					CS SWITCHING HUB   
					1X NX5820 K   
					Single server:   
					One of:1   
					VX1305-BSE or   
					VX1505-BSE or   
					ES5085R or   
					ES2024R or   
					ES5044R   
					Server (4U, 1-2 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-4 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-8 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-8 Processor Server)   
					Server (5U, 1-2 Processor Server)   
					REMOTE SUPPORT MODEM   
					A1003-MOD2   
					1 
					Notes:   
					1. See Section 6 for configuration information on servers.   
					2. Required for domestic orders only.   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–17   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					35   
					30   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					OSS7000   
					Peripheral Rack   
					CEC   
					25   
					20   
					15   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 5   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 4   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 3   
					10   
					Console   
					(Primary)   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 2   
					5 
					0 
					VX1305-BSE   
					Server Position 1   
					Central Equipment   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					0704   
					Figure 2–5. NX5820 K Single-Domain System Cabinet Configuration with VX1305 Servers   
					2–18   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					35   
					30   
					25   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					OSS7000   
					Peripheral Rack   
					CEC   
					20   
					15   
					10   
					5 
					VX1505-BSU   
					Server Position 3   
					VX1505-BSU   
					VX1505-BSU   
					Server Position 5   
					Server Position 2   
					Console   
					(Primary)   
					VX1505-BSU   
					VX1505-BSE   
					Server Position 4   
					Server Position 1   
					0 
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					Central Equipment   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					0705   
					Figure 2–6. NX5820 K Single-Domain Cabinet Configuration, with VX1505 Servers   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822–BAS Dual-Domain   
					Configurations   
					• 
					• 
					Table 2–8 lists component styles for these models.   
					Figure 2–7 and Figure 2–8 show the hardware configurations for system cabinets   
					containing VX1305 and VX1505 based servers, respectively.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Processor styles are listed later in this section.   
					Power/cooling options are listed later in this section.   
					System upgrades are listed later in this section.   
					Section 3 provides guidelines for adding system options.   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–19   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					Table 2–8. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822–BAS Dual-Domain Configurations   
					Package Style NX5822–BAS   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Number of Processors   
					or Common Components   
					PROCESSORS   
					NX5822-2D2   
					NX5822-2D3   
					NX5822-2D4   
					NX5822-2D5   
					NX5822-2D6   
					NX5822-2D7   
					NX5822-2D8   
					NX5822-2DA   
					DUAL DOMAIN   
					DUAL DOMAIN   
					DUAL DOMAIN   
					DUAL DOMAIN   
					DUAL DOMAIN   
					DUAL DOMAIN   
					DUAL DOMAIN   
					DUAL DOMAIN   
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					10   
					Common Components   
					ADP131-1T3   
					ADP68501-FTF   
					B25-LC   
					3 FT SCSI-1 to SCSI-3 CBL   
					68F/50F SCSI ADAPTER   
					4 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					4 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					4 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					POWER CORD:LINE CORD   
					BRM36-O   
					BRM36-O2   
					BASIC 36U CAB ASSEMBLY, STAND ALONE   
					BASIC 36U CAB ASSEMBLY, STAND ALONE   
					SCSI-2W CHANNEL ADAPTER   
					CA600 OPERATIONAL MICROCODE   
					CTRL:HIG PERFORMANCE 802.3 BASE   
					CABLE ASSY, 12 FOOT APEX SWITCH   
					17X-40X SCSI CDROM   
					CA322-SCI   
					CA600-OMC   
					CA626-BAS   
					CBL12-APX   
					CDR1740-SI   
					CSB3-10C   
					CABLE ASSEMBLY, CSB III, (COAX)   
					PC100 SDRAM 128MB   
					DIM10072-128   
					DR20001-OK1   
					DR200081-Z   
					DSH600004-TBT   
					DSH600007-TBT   
					DSR2500-512   
					EVG2100-P   
					OK KIT   
					DUAL RACK, AC PWR   
					4 METER ETHERNET CABLE   
					7 METER ETHERNET CABLE   
					500-MHz, W/512K   
					15” CLR MON HIGH-END   
					HDL917-W   
					9-GB P-WIDE SCSI   
					NX5000-IDP   
					NX5800-DDA   
					NX5800-FAS   
					NX580131-MOD   
					NX5000 ClearPath ID PANEL   
					SYSTEM CONSOLE, DUAL DOMAIN ADAPTER   
					FRONT FASCIA COVERS   
					MODULE ASSY, SINGLE DOMAIN (Includes Cooling, Power,   
					AC Entry, Card Rack Modules)   
					NX580232-CMP   
					NX5820-CM   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS   
					1 
					1 
					2 
					NX5820 CABLE MANAGER   
					NX5820-CMA   
					NX5820 CABLE MANAGER, ADDITIONAL   
					2–20   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					Table 2–8. ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822–BAS Dual-Domain Configurations   
					Package Style NX5822–BAS   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Number of Processors   
					or Common Components   
					NX5820-DOC   
					NX5820-MNT   
					NX5820-OPC   
					NX5820-PSB   
					NX5821-CCK   
					NX5822-CCK   
					OS1000-CUS   
					OSD1001-QTA   
					OSD4111-S20   
					OSS7000-NDY   
					OSS7000-SBO   
					PCK104-SKB   
					PCK1-EXT   
					OPERATIONAL DOCUMENTS   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					4 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					MAINTENANCE KIT   
					OPERATIONAL CODE   
					BASIC POWER SUPPLY COMPLEMENT   
					DOM0 CARD COMPL, CIOM (1 CIOM, 1 KIUB)   
					DOM1 CARD COMPL, CIOM(1 CIOM, 1 KIUB)   
					CUSTOMER SU (PC not NT)   
					FEATURE, QIC TAPE   
					FEATURE, RRM, 4.1-GB 180 BYTE SECTOR   
					RACK, SCSI NARROW DIFFERENTIAL   
					SPLIT BUS UPGRADE   
					KEYBOARD   
					CABLE, M TO F PS2   
					PCT1200-INT   
					PWM1-PS2   
					1.2 GB QIC TAPE   
					MOUSE 2-BUTTON   
					RM2-AP2   
					APC II 2U RM-MODULE   
					RM2-TRM   
					RML36-AFT   
					APPEARANCE TRIM   
					LEFT MOUNT, TOP REAR FLAT SPACER   
					CONSOLE COMPONENTS   
					M TO F SVGA EXT CBL   
					SCP5820-CMP   
					SVG100-EXT   
					USE1936-LC8   
					UW6021-SDK   
					UXW21-PED   
					UXW2-DRV   
					POWER ‘Y’ CABLE, 250 VAC, 10 AMP   
					SOFTWARE DEV KIT   
					SCO UW PERS   
					SCO DRIVER   
					VX1300-FAS   
					VX1820-CPS   
					VX4000-XCR   
					VX4008-SWT   
					VX5000-SWH   
					FASCIA, SERVER VX1300 (DR/2)   
					ClearPath SERVER APPLICATION   
					TRANSCEIVER, AUI/10BASET   
					8 PORT MON/KEYBD/MOUSE SWITCH   
					CS SWITCHING HUB   
					One of:1   
					Single server:   
					VX1305-BSE or   
					VX1505-BSE or   
					ES5085R or   
					ES2024R or   
					ES5044R   
					Server (4U, 1-2 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-4 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-8 Processor Server)   
					Server (7U, 1-8 Processor Server)   
					Server (5U, 1-2 Processor Server)   
					Remote support modem   
					A1003-MOD2   
					1 
					Notes:   
					1. See Section 6 for configuration information on servers. All orders must include one server.   
					2. Required for domestic orders only.   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–21   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					35   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					30   
					OSS7000   
					Peripheral Rack   
					25   
					20   
					CEC   
					VX1305-BSU   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 10   
					Server Position 5   
					15   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 4   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 9   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 8   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 3   
					10   
					Console   
					(Primary)   
					VX1305-BSU   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 7   
					Server Position 2   
					5 
					Console   
					(Redundant)   
					VX1305-BSU   
					Server Position 6   
					VX1305-BSE   
					Server Position 1   
					0 
					Central Equipment   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					0706   
					Figure 2–7. NX5820 K Dual-Domain Redundant System Cabinet Configuration, with VX1305   
					Servers   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					APC2   
					OSS7000   
					Peripheral Rack   
					Server Position 7   
					Server Position 6   
					CEC   
					Server Position 10   
					Server Position 9   
					Server Position 8   
					Server Position 3   
					Server Position 2   
					Server Position 1   
					Server Position 5   
					Server Position 4   
					SCP   
					(Primary)   
					SCP   
					(Redundant)   
					Central Equipment   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					Server Expansion   
					Section   
					0707A   
					Figure 2–8. NX5820 K Dual-Domain System Cabinet Configuration, with VX1505 Servers   
					2–22   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					NX5820 K Processor Package Style   
					Table 2–9 summarizes the processor with various performance levels package styles   
					required for the various NX5820 K models. As noted in the component style charts, these   
					package styles must be ordered separately from the system package style.   
					Additional components may be added through system upgrades (see "System Upgrades")   
					or through system options (see Section 3).   
					Table 2–9. NX5820 K Processor Package Styles   
					Package   
					Style   
					NX5821–1Dx   
					Model   
					Package   
					Style   
					NX5822–2Dx   
					Models   
					Component   
					Style   
					Description   
					x=1   
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					A 
					Single-Domain, Single Processor Configuration   
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD   
					MSUA BOARD, 4 REQUESTOR, W/192-MB   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					MSA104-192   
					Order one of the   
					following:   
					NX5821-PL3 with   
					NX58231-PRK   
					or   
					NX5821-PL4 with   
					NX58241-PRK   
					or   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL   
					31K, W/PROM STYLE   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL   
					41K, W/PROM STYLE   
					NX5821-PL5 with   
					NX58251-PRK   
					or   
					NX5821-PL6 with   
					NX58261-PRK   
					or   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL   
					51K, W/PROM STYLE   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL   
					61K, W/PROM STYLE   
					NX5821-PL7 with   
					NX58271-PRK   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL   
					71K, W/PROM STYLE   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–23   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K Product Configurations   
					Table 2–9. NX5820 K Processor Package Styles   
					Package   
					Style   
					NX5821–1Dx   
					Package   
					Style   
					NX5822–2Dx   
					Component   
					Style   
					Description   
					Model   
					Models   
					x=1   
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					A 
					Dual-Domain, Dual-Processor Configuration   
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD   
					MSUA BOARD, 4 REQUESTOR, W/192-MB   
					2 
					2 
					1 
					MSA104-193   
					Order one of the   
					following:   
					NX5822-PL3 with   
					NX58232-PRK   
					or   
					NX5822-PL4 with   
					NX58242-PRK   
					or   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL   
					32K, W/PROM STYLE   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL   
					42K, W/PROM STYLE   
					NX5822-PL5 with   
					NX58252-PRK   
					or   
					NX5822-PL6 with   
					NX58262-PRK   
					or   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL   
					52K, W/PROM STYLE   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL   
					62K, W/PROM STYLE   
					NX5822-PL7 with   
					NX58272-PRK   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL   
					72K, W/PROM STYLE   
					Dual-Domain, Multi-Processor Configurations   
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD   
					3 
					2 
					4 
					2 
					5 
					2 
					6 
					4 
					7 
					8 
					1 
					0 
					MSK208-384   
					MSK412-384   
					MSUK BOARD, 8 REQUESTOR, W/384-MB   
					MSUK BOARD, 12 REQUESTOR, W/384-   
					MB   
					POWER SUPPLY (3U), 360 VDC TO 3.3   
					VDC   
					4 
					2 
					4 
					2 
					4 
					2 
					PS3300-3V   
					2 
					NX5823-PL7   
					NX5824-PL7   
					NX5825-PL7   
					NX5826-PL7   
					NX5827-PL7   
					NX5828-PL7   
					NX58210-PL7   
					NX58273-PRK   
					NX58274-PRK   
					NX58275-PRK   
					NX58276-PRK   
					NX58277-PRK   
					NX58278-PRK   
					NX582710-PRK   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORM. LEVEL 73K   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORM. LEVEL 74K   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORM. LEVEL 75K   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORM. LEVEL 76K   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORM. LEVEL 77K   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORM. LEVEL 78K   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORM. LEVEL 7AK   
					PROM LEVEL 73K   
					PROM LEVEL 74K   
					PROM LEVEL 75K   
					PROM LEVEL 76K   
					PROM LEVEL 77K   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					PROM LEVEL 78K   
					PROM LEVEL 7AK   
					2–24   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Cables   
					Cables   
					Refer to the I/O Configuration Guide for a comprehensive list of cable options available   
					with ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 and NX5820 K products.   
					Power Layout and Requirements   
					See Figure 2–9 for the power layout (represents power layout for each domain) for basic,   
					redundant, and additional power (no additional power supplies are required if adding   
					MSUA memory board with 4 requestor card to this domain) when required.   
					Slot   
					13   
					12   
					11   
					10   
					9 
					8 
					7 
					6 
					5 
					4 
					3 
					2 
					1 
					Pow.   
					Cntl.   
					Card   
					+3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V AC/DC   
					AC/DC   
					Bulk   
					AC/DC   
					Bulk   
					+5V +5V +5V   
					P/S P/S P/S P/S   
					P/S   
					Bulk   
					P/S P/S   
					P/S   
					MSU   
					K3   
					MSU   
					K2   
					B 
					R 
					B 
					B 
					R 
					B 
					B 
					R 
					B 
					Component Side   
					Legend:   
					B = Basic Power Supply + Bulk Supply Compliment   
					R = Add for Redundancy   
					MSUK2 = Add for installation of a second MSUK Memory Board (8 or 12 Requestor Card), to this domain   
					MSUK3 = Add for installation of a third MSUK Memory Board (8 or 12 Requestor Card), to this domain   
					0708   
					Figure 2–9. Power Layout   
					Redundant Power/Cooling   
					Redundant power option is available for the NX5820 and NX5820 K product. Order one   
					component style NX5800-RPW per domain. This style includes only redundant power and   
					contains one ac/dc bulk power supply, one +5 volts dc/dc power supply, and one +3.3   
					volts dc/dc power supply.   
					Redundant cooling is included in the basic cabinet and not part of the above style.   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–25   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 System Upgrades   
					NX5820 System Upgrades   
					Table 2–10 lists the NX5820 System upgrades options. Figure 2–10 shows the upgrade   
					paths for the NX5820 product models listed in Table 2–10. Table 2–11 through Table 2–13   
					list the components included within the upgrade package styles.   
					Table 2–10. NX5820 System Upgrade Options Summary   
					Upgrade Type   
					Converts   
					From   
					Converts   
					To   
					See   
					Table   
					Single Domain Single Processor Model Upgrades   
					(SDSP to SDSP)   
					NX5821-31   
					NX5821-41   
					NX5821-51   
					NX5821-61   
					NX5821-31   
					NX5821-41   
					NX5821-51   
					NX5821-61   
					NX5821-71   
					NX5822-32   
					NX5822-42   
					NX5822-52   
					NX5822-62   
					NX5822-72   
					NX5822-73   
					NX5822-74   
					NX5822-75   
					NX5822-76   
					NX5822-77   
					NX5821-41   
					NX5821-51   
					NX5821-61   
					NX5821-71   
					NX5822-32   
					NX5822-42   
					NX5822-52   
					NX5822-62   
					NX5822-72   
					NX5822-42   
					NX5822-52   
					NX5822-62   
					NX5822-72   
					NX5822-73   
					NX5822-74   
					NX5822-75   
					NX5822-76   
					NX5822-77   
					NX5822-78   
					2–11   
					Single Domain Single Processor to Dual Domain Dual   
					Processor Upgrades (SDSP to DDDP)   
					2–12   
					Dual Domain Multi Processor Upgrades (DDMP to   
					DDMP)   
					2–13   
					2–26   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 System Upgrades   
					Dual Domain   
					Multi Processor   
					Single Domain   
					Single Processor   
					NX5821-31   
					NX582131-232   
					NX5822-32   
					System Package Style   
					NX582131-141   
					NX582232-242   
					NXM582272-273   
					NX5822-73   
					Upgrade Package Style   
					NX582141-242   
					NX5821-41   
					NX582141-151   
					NX5821-51   
					NX5822-42   
					NX582242-252   
					NX5822-52   
					NX582273-274   
					NX5822-74   
					NX582151-252   
					NX582274-275   
					NX5822-75   
					NX582252-262   
					NX582151-161   
					NX582161-262   
					NX582171-272   
					NX5822-62   
					NX562262-272   
					NX5822-72   
					NX5821-61   
					NX582161-171   
					NX5821-71   
					NX582275-276   
					NX5822-76   
					NXA582276-277   
					NX5822-77   
					NX582277-278   
					NX5822-78   
					0305A   
					Figure 2–10. NX5820 Upgrade Diagram   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–27   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 System Upgrades   
					Table 2–11. NX5820 Single Domain, Single Processor Model Upgrades (SDSP to SDSP)   
					Package   
					Converts   
					From   
					Component   
					Style   
					Component   
					Style   
					To   
					Style Description   
					NX582131-141   
					NX5821-31   
					NX5821-41   
					NX5821-51   
					NX5821-61   
					NX5821-41   
					NX582141-UDE   
					NX58412-PRM   
					NX582151-UDE   
					NX58512-PRM   
					NX582161-UDE   
					NX58612-PRM   
					NX582171-UDE   
					NX58712-PRM   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5821-41   
					PROM, NX5820-41/42   
					NX582141-151   
					NX582151-161   
					NX582161-171   
					NX5821-51   
					NX5821-61   
					NX5821-71   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5821-51   
					PROM, NX5820-51/52   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5821-61   
					PROM, NX5820-61/62   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5821-71   
					PROM, NX5820-71/72   
					Table 2–12. NX5820 Single Domain Single Processor to Dual Domain Dual Processor   
					Upgrades (SDSP to DDDP)   
					Package   
					Converts   
					From   
					Component   
					Style   
					Component   
					Style   
					To   
					Style Description   
					NX582131-232   
					NX5821-31   
					NX5821-41   
					NX5821-51   
					NX5821-61   
					NX5821-71   
					NX5822-32   
					NX580232-CMP   
					NX58312-PRM   
					NX582242-CMP   
					NX58412-PRM   
					NX582252-CMP   
					NX58512-PRM   
					NX582262-CMP   
					NX58612-PRM   
					NX582272-CMP   
					NX58712-PRM   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS   
					PROM, NX5820-31/32   
					NX582141-242   
					NX582151-252   
					NX582161-262   
					NX582171-272   
					NX5822-42   
					NX5822-52   
					NX5822-62   
					NX5822-72   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 42   
					PROM, NX5820-41/42   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 52   
					PROM, NX5820-51/52   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 62   
					PROM, NX5820-61/62   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS 72   
					PROM, NX5820-71/72   
					Components required for all above package styles   
					NX5822-CCC   
					MSA104-192   
					NX5820-PSB   
					ADP131-1T3   
					NX5800-DDA   
					CA322-SCI   
					DOM 1, CARD COMPL, CIOM (1 PM, 2 CIOM, 1 IOB)   
					MSUA BD, 1 CHIPSET, 4 REQUESTER, 192 MB (Qty. 1)   
					BASIC POWER SUPPLY COMPLEMENT   
					3 FT SCSI-1 to SCSI-3 CBL (Min. Qty.4)   
					SYSTEM CONSOLE, DUAL DOMAIN ADAPTER   
					SCSI 2W CHANNEL ADAPTER (Min. Qty.2)   
					CTRL:HIGH PERFORM 802.3 BASE (Min. Qty.2)   
					APC 3U RM-MODULE   
					CA626-BAS   
					RM3-APC   
					NX5820-CMA   
					CMT3   
					CABLE MANAGER (Min. Qty.1)   
					CABLE, MODEM BELL, 3 FEET   
					CA600-OMC   
					DSH600007-TBT   
					VX4000-XCR   
					CA600 OPERATIONAL MICROCODE   
					ETHERNET CABLE, 7M (Min. Qty.2)   
					TRANSCEIVER, AUI/10BASET (Min. Qty.2)   
					2–28   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K System Upgrades   
					Table 2–13. NX5820 Dual Domain Multi Processor Upgrades (DDMP to DDMP)   
					Package   
					Converts   
					Component   
					Style   
					Component   
					Style   
					From   
					To   
					Style Description   
					NX582232-242   
					NX5822-32   
					NX5822-42   
					NX5822-52   
					NX5822-62   
					NX5822-72   
					NX5822-42   
					NX582242-UDE   
					NX58412-PRM   
					NX582252-UDE   
					NX58512-PRM   
					NX582162-UDE   
					NX58612-PRM   
					NX582272-UDE   
					NX58712-PRM   
					PM3-CPU   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-42   
					PROM, NX5820-41/42 (Min. Qty.2)   
					NX582242-252   
					NX582252-262   
					NX582262-272   
					NXM582272-273   
					NX5822-52   
					NX5822-62   
					NX5822-72   
					NX5822-73   
					Functional S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-52   
					PROM, NX5820-51/52 (Min. Qty.2)   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-62   
					PROM, NX5820-61/62 (Min. Qty.2)   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, IP EMULATION NX5822-72   
					PROM, NX5820-71/72 (Min. Qty.2)   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD COMPLEMENT   
					MSUK Board, 2 chipset, 8 requester, 384 MB (Qty. 1)   
					MSUK Board, 2 chipset, 8 requester, 0 MB (Qty. 1)   
					Processor module card complement   
					MSK208-384   
					MSK208-MEM   
					PM3-CPU   
					NX582273-274   
					NX582274-275   
					NX582275-276   
					NX5822-73   
					NX5822-74   
					NX5822-75   
					NX5822-74   
					NX5822-75   
					NX5822-76   
					PM3-CPU   
					Processor module card complement   
					PM3-CPU   
					Processor module card complement   
					PS3300-3V   
					PWR SUP (3U) 360 dc to 3.3 dc (Qty. 2)   
					MSUK Board, 2 chipset, 8 requester, 384-MB (Qty. 2)   
					Processor Module Card Complement (Min. Qty.1)   
					MSK208-384   
					PM3-CPU   
					NXA582276-2771   
					NX5822-76   
					W/MSK208   
					MEMORY   
					NX5822-77   
					W/MSK412   
					MEMORY   
					MSK412-MEM   
					PM3-CPU   
					MSUK, 4 CHIPSET, 12 REQUESTER, 0 MB (Min. Qty.4)   
					Processor Module Card Complement (Min. Qty.1)   
					NX582277-278   
					NX5822-77   
					NX5822-78   
					Notes:   
					1. This style includes four MSK412-MEM boards. This provides for replacement of the basic four MSK208-384 provided   
					in the original NX5822-76 system. Memory DIMMs should be transferred from the existing MSK208 boards to the   
					new MSK208 boards to the new MSK412 boards. If there are more than four MSK412-384 boards present, additional   
					MSK412-384 boards must be ordered to replace all MSK208-384 boards. (All memory in the system must be the same   
					type.)   
					NX5820 K System Upgrades   
					Figure 2–11 shows the upgrade paths for the NX5820 K product models listed in   
					Table 2–14. Table 2–14 lists all the NX5820 K System upgrade options. Table 2–15   
					through Table 2–19 list the components included within the upgrade package styles.   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–29   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K System Upgrades   
					Upgrade Package Style   
					Hardware   
					Dual Domain   
					Dual Domain   
					Multi Processor   
					Single Domain   
					Single Processor   
					Dual Processor   
					NX5822-2D2   
					NX5822-2D3   
					NXU58223-2D4   
					NX5822-2D4   
					NXD58211-2D2   
					NXU58222-2D3   
					NX5821-1D1   
					Order one of the following   
					Performance Styles to   
					match level of present   
					Note: NX5822-2D2   
					must be at Performance   
					Level NX5822-PL7   
					before upgrading to the   
					NX5822-2D3.   
					System Package Style   
					Hardware   
					Systems:   
					NX5821-PL3   
					NX5821-PL4   
					NX5821-PL5   
					NX5821-PL6   
					NX5821-PL7   
					Dual Domain   
					Single Domain   
					Single Processor   
					Performance Upgrades   
					Dual Processor   
					NXU58224-2D5   
					NX5822-2D5   
					Performance Upgrades   
					NX5822-PL3   
					NX5821-PL3   
					Performance Style   
					Proms and Microcode   
					NXU58223-PL4   
					NX5822-PL4   
					NXU58213-PL4   
					Upgrade Package Style   
					Proms and Microcode   
					NXU58225-2D6   
					NX5822-2D6   
					NXU58226-2D7   
					NX5822-2D7   
					NXU58227-2D8   
					NX5822-2D8   
					NXU58228-2DA   
					NX5821-PL4   
					NXU58214-PL5   
					NX5821-PL5   
					NXU58224-PL5   
					NX5822-PL5   
					NXU58225-PL6   
					NX5822-PL6   
					NXU58215-PL6   
					NX5821-PL6   
					NXU58216-PL7   
					NX5821-PL7   
					NXU58226-PL7   
					NX5822-PL7   
					NX5822-2DA   
					0823   
					Figure 2–11. NX5820 K Upgrade Diagram   
					2–30   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K System Upgrades   
					Table 2–14. NX5820 K Upgrade Options Summary   
					Upgrade Type   
					Converts   
					Package Style   
					From   
					To   
					Performance Upgrades for Single-Domain,   
					Single- Processor Model Systems   
					NX5821-PL3   
					NX5821-PL4   
					NX5821-PL5   
					NX5821-PL6   
					NX5821-1D1   
					NX5821-PL4   
					NX5821-PL5   
					NX5821-PL6   
					NX5821-PL7   
					NX5822-2D2   
					NXU58213-PL4   
					NXU58214-PL5   
					NXU58215-PL6   
					NXU58216-PL7   
					NXD58211-2D2   
					Single-Domain, Single-Processor to Dual-   
					Domain, Dual-Processor Upgrade   
					Performance Upgrades for Dual-Domain,   
					Dual-Processor Systems   
					NX5822-PL3   
					NX5822-PL4   
					NX5822-PL5   
					NX5822-PL6   
					NX5822-2D2   
					NX5822-PL4   
					NX5822-PL5   
					NX5822-PL6   
					NX5822-PL7   
					NX5822-2D3   
					NXU58223-PL4   
					NXU58224-PL5   
					NXU58225-PL6   
					NXU58226-PL7   
					NXU58222-2D3   
					Dual-Domain, Dual-Processor to Dual-   
					Domain, Multi-Processor Upgrade   
					Dual-Domain, Multi-Processor Upgrades   
					NX5822-2D3   
					NX5822-2D4   
					NX5822-2D5   
					NX5822-2D6   
					NX5822-2D7   
					NX5822-2D8   
					NX5822-2D4   
					NX5822-2D5   
					NX5822-2D6   
					NX5822-2D7   
					NX5822-2D8   
					NX5822-2DA   
					NXU58223-2D4   
					NXU58224-2D5   
					NXU58225-2D6   
					NXU58226-2D7   
					NXU58227-2D8   
					NXU58228-2DA   
					Table 2–15. Performance Upgrades for Single-Domain, Single-Processor Systems   
					Package   
					Style   
					Component   
					Style   
					Component   
					Qty.   
					Style Description   
					NXU58213-PL4   
					NXU58214-PL5   
					NXU58215-PL6   
					NXU58216-PL7   
					NX5821-PL4   
					NX5821-PL5   
					NX5821-PL6   
					NX5821-PL7   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM 41 LEVEL   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM 51 LEVEL   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM 61 LEVEL   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM 71 LEVEL   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					7017 6300–005   
					2–31   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K System Upgrades   
					Table 2–16. NX5820 K Single-Domain, Single-Processor to Dual Domain, Dual-   
					Processor Upgrade (SDSP to DDDP)   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Qty.   
					Package Style NXD58211–2D2   
					Order one of the following   
					performance level style to   
					match existing domain:   
					1 
					NX5821-PL3 with   
					NX58231-PRK or   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL 31K, W/PROM   
					STYLE   
					NX5821-PL4 with   
					NX58241-PRK or   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL 41K, W/PROM   
					STYLE   
					NX5821-PL5 with   
					NX58251-PRK or   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL 51K, W/PROM   
					STYLE   
					NX5821-PL6 with   
					NX58261-PRK or   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL 61K, W/PROM   
					STYLE   
					NX5821-PL7 with   
					NX58271-PRK   
					FUNCTIONAL S/W, PERFORMANCE LEVEL 71K, W/PROM   
					STYLE   
					Components required for above package style   
					4 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					4 
					ADP131-1T3   
					CA322-SCI   
					3 FT SCSI-1 to SCSI-3 CBL   
					SCSI-2W CHANNEL ADAPTER   
					CA600-OMC   
					CA626-BAS   
					CA600 OPERATIONAL MICROCODE   
					CTRL:HIG PERFORMANCE 802.3 BASE   
					ETHERNET CABLE, 4 METER   
					DSH600004-TBT   
					DSH600007-TBT   
					MSA104-192   
					NX5800-DDA   
					NX580232-CMP   
					NX5820-CMA   
					NX5820-PSB   
					NX5822-CCK   
					PM3-CPU   
					ETHERNET CABLE, 7 METERS   
					MSUA BOARD, 1 CHIPSET, 4 REQUESTER, W/192-MB   
					SYSTEM CONSOLE, DUAL DOMAIN ADAPTER   
					DOMAIN ‘1’ COMPONENTS   
					NX5820 CABLE MANAGER, ADDITIONAL   
					BASIC POWER SUPPLY COMPLEMENT   
					DOM1 CARD COMPL, CIOM (1 CIOM, 1 KIUB)   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD COMPLEMENT   
					APC II 2U RM-MODULE   
					RM2-AP2   
					VX4000-XCR   
					TRANSCEIVER, AUI/10BASET   
					2–32   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K System Upgrades   
					Table 2–17. NX5820 K Performance Upgrades for Dual Domain, Dual-Processor Systems   
					Package   
					Style   
					Component   
					Style   
					Component   
					Qty.   
					Style Description   
					NXU58223-PL4   
					NXU58224-PL5   
					NXU58225-PL6   
					NXU58226-PL7   
					NX5822-PL4   
					NX5822-PL5   
					NX5822-PL6   
					NX5822-PL7   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM PL4 LEVEL   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM PL5 LEVEL   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM PL6 LEVEL   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM PL7 LEVEL   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					Table 2–18. NX5820 K Dual Domain, Dual-Processor To Dual Domain, Multi-   
					Processor Upgrade (DDDP to DDMP)   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Qty.   
					Package Style NXU58222–2D31,2,3   
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD COMPLEMENT   
					MSUK, 8 REQ, 384-MB   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					MSK208-384   
					MSK208-MEM   
					NX5823-PL7   
					NX58273-PRK   
					Notes:   
					MSUK, 8 REQ, 0-MB   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM, 73 LEVEL   
					PROM LEVEL 73K   
					1. The system being upgraded must be at Performance level NX5822-PL7 before   
					installation of this upgrade style.   
					2. This style is used for upgrading a NX5822-72 which contain MSK104-192 boards to   
					a NX5822-73. DIMMS must be transferred from both of the MSA104-192 boards to   
					the MSK208-MEM board.   
					3. If the present system (NX5822-72) contains additional MSA104-192 boards (more   
					than two) they must be replaced with MSK208-384 boards. Order style   
					MEM208384-ADD at one each per MSA104-192 being replaced.   
					7017 6300–005   
					2–33   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 K System Upgrades   
					Table 2–19. NX5820 K Dual Domain, Dual-Processor Multi-Processor Upgrades   
					(DDMP)   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Qty.   
					Package Style NXU58223–2D4   
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD COMPLEMENT   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM, 74 LEVEL   
					PROM LEVEL 74K   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					NX5824-PL7   
					NX58274-PRK   
					Package Style NXU58224–2D5   
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD COMPLEMENT   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM, 75 LEVEL   
					PROM LEVEL 75K   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					NX5825-PL7   
					NX58275-PRK   
					Package Style NXU58225–2D61   
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD COMPLEMENT   
					PWR SUP (3U) 360 VOLTS DC TO 3.3 DC   
					MSUK BD, 8 REQUESTERS, 384-MB   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM, 76 LEVEL   
					PROM LEVEL 76K   
					1 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					PS3300-3V   
					MSK208-384   
					NX5826-PL7   
					NX58276-PRK   
					Package Style NXU58226–2D72,3   
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD COMPLEMENT   
					MSUK, 4 CHIPSET, 12 REQUESTER, 0 MB   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM, 77 LEVEL   
					PROM LEVEL 77K   
					1 
					4 
					1 
					1 
					MSK412-MEM   
					NX5827-PL7   
					NX58277-PRK   
					Package Style NXU58227–2D8   
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD COMPLEMENT   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM, 78 LEVEL   
					PROM LEVEL 78K   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					NX5828-PL7   
					NX58278-PRK   
					Package Style NXU58228–2DA   
					PM3-CPU   
					PROCESSOR MODULE CARD COMPLEMENT   
					FUNCTIONAL SW/STYLE PROM, 710 LEVEL   
					PROM LEVEL 710K   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					NX58210-PL7   
					NX582710-PRK   
					Notes:   
					1. This style is used to grade a NX5822-75 which contains 2 MSK208-384 boards to a   
					NX5822-76.   
					2. This style includes 4, MSK412-MEM boards. This provides for replacement of the   
					basic 2, MSK208-384 and the 2 MSK208-768 boards in the original NX5822-76   
					system. Memory DIMMS should be transferred from the existing MSK208 boards to   
					the new MSK412 boards.   
					3. If there are more than 4, MSK208-384 boards present, additional MSK412-384   
					boards must be ordered to replace all MSK208-384 boards. (All memory in the   
					system must be the same type.) Order style MSK412-MEM at one each per   
					additional MSK208-384. Transfer DIMMs for the MSK208-384 board(s) to the   
					MSK412-MEM board(s).   
					2–34   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Section 3   
					Configuring System Options   
					How This Section Is Organized   
					This section discusses how system options are configured. It covers:   
					• 
					Memory for the NX5820 and NX5820 K   
					− 
					− 
					Describes memory components used in expanding memory   
					Provides guidelines for configuring memory   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Channel expansion   
					Redundant SCP   
					Redundant switching hubs   
					Additional operator/maintenance displays   
					Operator work space   
					Redundant power for NX5820 and NX5820 K   
					Configuring additional OSS7000 device   
					Configuring from NX5820 to NX5820 K systems   
					NX5820 and NX5820 K Memory   
					The NX5820 and NX5820 K utilizes the MSA and two styles of MSK memory boards for   
					various system configurations. Each style of memory is unique to a range of system   
					styles as follows:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					The MSA104-192 board is configured in NX5820 system styles NX5821-31 through   
					NX5822-72, and in NX5820 K system styles NX5821-1D1 and NX5822-2D2.   
					The MSK208-384 board is configured in NX5820 system styles NX5822-73 through   
					NX5822-76, and in NX5820 K system styles NX5822-2D3 through NX5822-2D6.   
					The MSK412-384 board is configured in NX5820 system styles NX5822-77 and NX5822-   
					78, and in NX5820 K system styles NX5822-2D7 through NX5822-2DA.   
					Table 3-1 shows the specific type and quantity of memory boards configured.   
					7017 6300–005   
					3–1   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 and NX5820 K Memory   
					Table 3–1. Basic Memory Board Configuration By System Style   
					System Style   
					Memory Style   
					NX5820 SYSTEMS   
					MSA104-192   
					Basic Quantity   
					Maximum Quantity   
					NX5821-31 through -71 & NX5822-   
					32 through -72   
					One per domain   
					Three per domain   
					NX5822-73 through -75   
					NX5822-76   
					MSK208-384   
					MSK208-384   
					MSK412-384   
					NX5820 K SYSTEMS   
					MSA104-192   
					MSK208-384   
					MSK208-384   
					MSK412-384   
					One per domain   
					Two per domain   
					Two per domain   
					Three per domain   
					Three per domain   
					Three per domain   
					NX5822-77 and -78   
					NX5821-1D1 and NX5822-2D2   
					NX5822-2D3 through NX5822-2D5   
					NS5822-2D6   
					One per domain   
					One per domain   
					Two per domain   
					Two per domain   
					Three per domain   
					Three per domain   
					Three per domain   
					Three per domain   
					NX5822-2D7 through NX5822-2DA   
					Each basic memory style board can be upgraded on a quadrant basis through the addition   
					of DIMM sets. Refer to Table 3-2 for a description and comparison of the memory styles   
					and upgrade components.   
					Table 3–2. NX5820 and NX5820 K Memory Styles and Upgrade Components   
					Style   
					Description   
					MSA104 Style Memory   
					MSA104-192   
					MOD192-DM2   
					Provides a four requestor MSA memory board with one chip set (two DRAMs) for a memory   
					capacity of 192 megabytes of storage. Up to two additional boards, each orderable under   
					style MSA104-192, can be configured per domain.   
					Provides one chip set (two DRAMs) for upgrading the memory capacity of the basic   
					MSA104-192 style memory board to 384 megabytes.   
					3–2   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				NX5820 and NX5820 K Memory   
					Table 3–2. NX5820 and NX5820 K Memory Styles and Upgrade Components (cont.)   
					Style   
					Description   
					MSK208 Style Memory   
					MSK208-384   
					Provides a basic eight requestor MSK memory board with two chip sets (four DRAMs) for a   
					memory capacity of 384 megabytes of storage. Up to three boards, each orderable under   
					style MEM298384-ADD, can be configured per domain.   
					MEM298384-ADD Provides one additional MSK208-384 memory board, plus an additional 3.3 V DC Power   
					Supply.   
					MOD384-DM2   
					Provides two chip sets (four DRAMs) for upgrading the memory capacity of the basic   
					MSK208-384 style memory board to 768 megabytes.   
					MSK412 Style Memory   
					MSK412-384   
					Provides a basic twelve requestor MSK memory board with attached mezzanine board and   
					two chip sets (four DRAMs) for a memory capacity of 384 megabytes of storage. Up to   
					three boards, each orderable under style MEM412384-ADD, can be configured per domain.   
					MEM412384-ADD Provides one additional MSK412-384 memory board, plus an additional 3.3 V DC Power   
					Supply.   
					MOD384-DM2   
					Provides two chip sets (four DRAMs) for upgrading the memory capacity of the basic   
					MSK412-384 style memory board to 1536 megabytes in increments of 384 megabytes.   
					7017 6300–005   
					3–3   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				MSA104 Style Memory   
					MSA104 Style Memory   
					The minimum memory capacity per domain utilizing the MSA style memory board is 192   
					megabytes. Memory capacity may be expanded to 1152 megabytes per domain in   
					increments of 192 megabytes by adding up to two additional MSA104-192 boards and an   
					additional MOD192−DM2 per memory board. MSA memory modules are 6U high cards.   
					Figure 3-1 depicts the board layout showing the location of the major components of the   
					MSA memory board. Since memory increments are in bank and segment order, the basic   
					192 megabyte board will have two DIMMs (00 AND 10) installed. A DIMM is comprised of   
					sixteen 16M X 4 BIT DRAMS and provides for 96 MB of memory. Memory capacity for the   
					board is expanded to 384 MB by adding two additional DIMMS, 01 AND 11.   
					192 MBytes   
					MSUX ASIC   
					Clock   
					Circuitry   
					384 MBytes   
					TAP   
					Linker   
					MSA Memory Increments   
					Bank 0   
					Bank 1   
					Storage   
					Seg 0   
					Seg 1   
					Quads   
					2 
					Seg 0   
					Seg 1   
					Mwords MBytes   
					16Mx64   
					Full Quad   
					16Mx64   
					Full Quad   
					192   
					384   
					32   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					64   
					Full Quad Full Quad   
					Full Quad Full Quad   
					4 
					00   
					01   
					10   
					11   
					DIMM No.   
					0091   
					Figure 3–1. MSA Board Layout   
					3–4   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				MSK208 Style Memory   
					MSK208 Style Memory   
					The minimum memory capacity per domain utilizing the MSK208 memory board is 384   
					megabytes. Memory capacity may be expanded to 2304 megabytes per domain in   
					increments of 384 megabytes by adding up to two additional MSK208 memory boards and   
					by adding two chip sets (four DIMMs) per memory board.   
					Figure 3–2 depicts the board layout showing the location of the major components of the   
					MSK208 memory board. Since memory increments are in bank and segment order, further   
					defined by the Server ASIC, the basic 384 MB board will have four DIMMS (00, 02, 10, 12)   
					installed. A DIMM is comprised of sixteen 16M X4 BIT DRAMS and provides for 96 MB of   
					memory. Memory capacity for the board is expanded to 768 MB by adding four additional   
					DIMMS (01, 03, 11, 13).   
					7017 6300–005   
					3–5   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				MSK208 Style Memory   
					Binary Value   
					of   
					LVT16240   
					Bank/Segment   
					Buffers   
					ASIC number   
					RAMPUP   
					Circuit   
					DRAM DRAM DRAM DRAM DRAM DRAM   
					LVT16240   
					Buffers   
					Binary Value   
					of   
					Bank/Segment   
					RAMPUP   
					Circuit   
					ASIC number   
					JTAG   
					MSUX ASIC Number   
					MSK208 Memory   
					Increments   
					0 
					1 
					Storage   
					Bank 0   
					Seg 0   
					Bank 0   
					Bank 1   
					Bank 1   
					Mwords MBytes   
					Seg 1   
					Seg 0   
					Seg 1   
					Quads   
					1 
					Seg 0   
					Seg 1   
					Seg 0   
					Seg 1   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					384   
					64   
					1/4 Quad   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					1/4Quad 1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					768   
					128   
					2 
					DIMM No.   
					00 01   
					02 03   
					10 11   
					12 13   
					0087   
					Figure 3–2. MSK208 Board Layout   
					3–6   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				MSK412 Style Memory   
					MSK412 Style Memory   
					The minimum memory capacity per domain utilizing the MSK412 memory board is 384   
					megabytes. Memory capacity may be expanded to 4608 megabytes per domain in   
					increments of 384 megabytes by adding up to two additional MSK412 memory boards and   
					by adding six chip sets (twelve DIMMs) per memory board.   
					Figure 3–3 depicts the board layout showing the location of the major components of the   
					MSK412 memory board. Since memory increments are in bank and segment order, further   
					defined by the Server ASIC, the basic 384 MB board will have four DIMMS (00, 10, 20, 30)   
					installed. A DIMM is comprised of sixteen 16M X4 BIT DRAMS and provides for 96 MB of   
					memory. Memory capacity for the board is expanded to 1536 megabytes by adding twelve   
					additional DIMMS: (01,11, 21, 31); (02,12, 22, 32); and (03, 13, 23, 33).   
					7017 6300–005   
					3–7   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				MSK412 Style Memory   
					Binary Value   
					of   
					Bank/Segment   
					LVT16240   
					Buffers   
					U4   
					U7   
					ASIC number   
					RAMPUP   
					Circuit   
					DRAM DRAM DRAM DRAM DRAM DRAM   
					U1   
					U0   
					U3   
					U2   
					U6   
					U9   
					LVT16240   
					Buffers   
					Binary Value   
					of   
					Bank/Segment   
					U5   
					U8   
					RAMPUP   
					Circuit   
					ASIC number   
					MSUX ASIC Number   
					MSK412 Memoru   
					Increments   
					0 
					1 
					2 
					3 
					Memory Incr   
					Bank 0   
					Seg 1   
					Bank 1   
					Bank 0   
					Seg 0 Seg 1   
					Bank 1   
					Bank 0   
					Bank 1   
					Seg 0 Seg 1   
					Bank 0   
					Bank 1   
					Seg 0 Seg 1   
					Storage   
					Mwords MBytes Seg 0   
					64 Meg Word   
					Quads   
					Seg 0   
					Seg 1   
					Seg 0   
					Seg 1   
					Seg 0   
					Seg 1   
					Seg 0   
					Seg 1   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					384   
					64   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					1/4Quad   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					768   
					128   
					1/4 Quad   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64 16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64 16Mx64 16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64 16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64 16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					1152   
					1536   
					192   
					256   
					1/4 Quad   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					1/4Quad   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64   
					16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64 16Mx64 16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64 16Mx64 16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64 16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					16Mx64 16Mx64   
					1/4 Quad 1/4 Quad   
					1/4 Quad   
					1/4 Quad   
					00   
					02   
					01   
					03   
					10   
					12   
					11   
					13   
					20   
					22   
					21   
					23   
					30   
					32   
					31   
					33   
					DIMM No.   
					0087A   
					Figure 3–3. MSK412 Board Layout   
					3–8   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Memory Slot Locations   
					Memory Slot Locations   
					A maximum of three MSA, MSK208 or MSK412 memory cards per domain can be   
					configured. The maximum system capacity is 9216 megabytes using MSK412 memory   
					cards. The memory card slot locations are listed in Table 3–3.   
					Table 3–3. Memory Card Slot Locations   
					NX5820 and NX5820 K   
					DOMAIN 0   
					DOMAIN 1   
					MSA Style Memory   
					MSA-0   
					MSA-0   
					MSA-1   
					MSA-2   
					SLOT A0P1   
					SLOT B0P1   
					SLOT A1P1   
					SLOT A2P1   
					MSA-1   
					SLOT B1P1   
					SLOT B2P1   
					MSA-2   
					MSK Style Memory   
					MSK-0   
					MSK-1   
					MSK-2   
					SLOT A0P1P2   
					SLOT A1P1P2   
					SLOT A1P1P2   
					MSK-0   
					MSK-1   
					MSK-1   
					SLOT B0P1P2   
					SLOT B1P1P2   
					SLOT B1P1P2   
					7017 6300–005   
					3–9   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				IOM Channel Expansion   
					IOM Channel Expansion   
					See Section 5 for details on IOM options and guidelines for configuring these options.   
					Configuring Redundant SCP for the NX5820 and   
					NX5820 K   
					The redundant SCP option enhances system redundancy and resiliency by providing a   
					backup SCP capability to assume the system console role if the primary SCP becomes   
					inoperable. It is only available on dual domain models.   
					See Table 3–4 for optional redundant system console package style and it’s associated   
					component styles. This style provides redundant SCP capability only on dual domain   
					systems.   
					Table 3–4. Redundant System Console Package Styles   
					For NX5820 and   
					NX5820 K Package   
					Style RNX5820-SCP   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Quantity   
					ADP68501-FTF   
					CBL12-APX   
					68F/50F SCSI ADAPTER   
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					CABLE ASSY, 12 FEET APEX SWITCH   
					17-40X SCSI CD-ROM   
					PC100 SDRAM 128MB   
					OK KIT   
					DUAL RACK, AC PWR   
					500 MHz, W/512K   
					15” CLR MON HIGH-END   
					9-GB P-WIDE SCSI   
					O/S: CUSTOMER SET-UP   
					CABLE, M TO F PS2   
					KEYBOARD   
					1.2 GB QIC TAPE   
					MOUSE, PS2   
					NX5820 REDUNDANT COMMON MATERIAL   
					M TO F SVGA EXT CBL   
					POWER “Y” CABLE, 250 VAC, 10 AMP   
					SCO DRIVER   
					SCO UW PERS   
					SCO DEV. KIT   
					CDR1740-SI   
					DIM10072-128   
					DR20001-OK1   
					DR200081-Z   
					DSR2500-512   
					EVG2100-P   
					HDL917-W   
					OS1000-CUS   
					PCK1-EXT   
					PCK104-SKB   
					PCT1200-INT   
					PWM1-PS2   
					SCP5820-RCM   
					SVG100-EXT   
					USE1936-LC8   
					UXW2-DRV   
					UXW21-PED   
					UW6021-SDK   
					VX1300-FAS   
					VX4008-SWT   
					VX1820-CPS   
					FASCIA, SERVER VX1300 (DR/2)   
					8 PORT MON/KEYBD/MOUSE SWITCH   
					ClearPath SERVER APPLICATION   
					3–10   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Redundant Switching Hubs   
					Configuring Redundant Switching Hubs   
					Redundant switching hubs enhance system redundancy and resiliency by providing a   
					backup capability to the primary public switching hub.   
					• 
					Package style for the NX5820 redundant public switching hub is NX5000-RDT which   
					includes the following items:   
					Component   
					Style Name   
					Description   
					Quantity   
					VX5000–SWH   
					CBL24–1   
					Switching hub (Bay Networks)   
					Ethernet 10Base-T (B to B) cable   
					assembly, 1 meter   
					1 
					1 
					• 
					Order above redundant public switching hub options as necessary. The maximum   
					number is unlimited.   
					Configuring Additional Displays   
					The following considerations apply when configuring additional displays:   
					• 
					One monitor with keyboard and mouse is provided with the primary SCP (style   
					NX5820-SCP for NX5820 and NX5820 K systems). This monitor is shared with the   
					servers.   
					• 
					• 
					A second monitor with keyboard and mouse is provided with the redundant SCP   
					option (style RNX5820-SCP for NX5820 and NX5820 K systems).   
					Up to six PC-based operator display workstations (ODWs) can be connected to both   
					the internal maintenance hub (private LAN) and the internal switching hub (public   
					LAN) for operator display terminal (ODT) and maintenance use. For instructions to   
					install software products and configurations for the ODW in a Windows NT   
					environment, refer to ClearPath Enterprise Server NX Series with Windows NT   
					Implementation and Operations Guide (8807 6542).   
					Note: ODWs are a client responsibility. Requirements are listed below.   
					7017 6300–005   
					3–11   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Additional Displays   
					Configuring Operator Display Workstations   
					ODWs are a client responsibility. The following minimum requirements apply:   
					• 
					120 Mhz Pentium processor that:   
					− 
					Is capable of running Windows NT workstation at 3.51 or higher operating system   
					software   
					− 
					− 
					Has a copy of SCO XVision (PC1-XV)   
					Has Unisys custom SCP fonts (installed as part of the NX Administration utilities   
					after installing SCO XVision)   
					• 
					Contains:   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					Minimum 16-MB memory   
					1-MB video RAM   
					256-color display (minimum 1024 x 768 resolution)   
					Minimum 1-GB hard disk drive   
					1.44-MB floppy disk drive   
					CD-ROM drive with tray   
					Ethernet LAN (10BaseT on the ClearPath private LAN)   
					Ethernet LAN (10BaseT for use on the public LAN)   
					The following software products are among the choices in the market that enable an ODW   
					to remotely administer ClearPath Windows NT environments:   
					• 
					• 
					Windows NT Server resource kit   
					MicroSoft BackOffice   
					Configuration Guidelines for SCP Monitors and ODW Displays   
					Table 3–5 lists guidelines for configuring monitors with keyboard, mouse, and ODW   
					(ODT/maintenance) displays. Figure 3–4 show examples of typical single ODW   
					arrangement.   
					3–12   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Additional Displays   
					Table 3–5. Guidelines for Configuring SCP Monitors and ODW Displays   
					Configuration   
					Guideline   
					Single-Domain/Non-   
					Redundant Dual Domain   
					One monitor with keyboard and mouse is supplied with the system. It is shared   
					with all other servers (up to 7 servers total) via the eight-way ST selector.   
					Up to six ODWs can be connected via the maintenance hub (Private LAN) and   
					the switching hub (Public LAN).   
					Redundant Dual-Domain   
					One monitor with keyboard and mouse is supplied with the system. It is shared   
					with the SCP in domain 0 and servers in both domains via the eight-way ST   
					selector.   
					One monitor with keyboard and mouse is supplied with the redundant console   
					and servers connected to domain 1. It attaches to the domain 1 eight-way ST   
					selector provided with the redundant console style.   
					Either monitor can be used for server windowing when not in use for SCP   
					functions.   
					Up to six ODWs with GUI capability can be connected via the maintenance hub   
					(Private LAN) and the switching hub (Public LAN).   
					System   
					Client   
					Maint   
					Hub   
					(Private   
					LAN)   
					Client   
					Supplied   
					Hub   
					ODW   
					Switching   
					Hub   
					(Public   
					LAN)   
					Client   
					Supplied   
					Hub   
					0709   
					Figure 3–4. Typical Client Supplied Single ODW Arrangement   
					7017 6300–005   
					3–13   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Work Space   
					Work Space   
					An optional console table is available for operator work space and/or placement of the   
					monitor/keyboard/mouse shared by the SCP, the server, and the ST selector.   
					• 
					Package style: TAB40-048, Console Table (40 inches by 48 inches by 40 inches high)   
					Redundant Power for the NX5820 and NX5820 K   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Component Style: NX5800-RPW (NX5820 and NX5820 K redundant power).   
					One NX5800-RPW is optional per domain and must be ordered separately.   
					Ensures that the power supply remains operational in the event of a single power   
					supply failure. Redundant cooling is already included within the NX5820 and NX5820   
					K system.   
					• 
					Includes the following components:   
					Component Description   
					Quantity   
					ac/dc bulk power supply   
					5 volts dc/dc power supply   
					3.3 volts dc/dc power supply   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					See Section 2 (NX5820 Power Layout and Requirement) for redundant power supply   
					layout.   
					Configuring Additional OSS7000 Devices   
					Each system comes with a standard OSS7000 subsystem that contains two disks, one CD-   
					ROM, and one QIC tape. This can be expanded as follows:   
					• 
					• 
					Two additional 4-GB disks (Style OSD4111-S20) may be ordered for a maximum of   
					four disks.   
					One additional CD-ROM (Style OSD6201-RCD) or QIC tape (Style OSD1001-QTA) may   
					be ordered for a maximum of three devices allowed (two being in the basic system).   
					Converting From NX5820 to NX5820 K Systems   
					Table 3–6 lists the package styles that are used when converting single and dual domain   
					NX5820 systems to NX5820 K systems. It also lists the component styles and quantity   
					used in each package style. See ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5800 Upgrades/NX5820   
					Migration Installation Guide, 7016 7143 for conversion instructions.   
					3–14   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Converting From NX5820 to NX5820 K Systems   
					Table 3–6. Conversion Package Styles for NX5820 to NX5820 K Systems   
					Conversion   
					Converts   
					Consists of Component Style Qty.   
					Package Style   
					From   
					To   
					Single Domain Systems   
					NXM582131-31K   
					NXM582141-41K   
					NXM582151-51K   
					NXM582161-61K   
					NXM582171-71K   
					NX5821-31   
					NX5821-1D1/PL3 Migration   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5821-PL3 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582131-PRK (PROM)   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5821-PL4 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582141-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5821-41   
					NX5821-51   
					NX5821-61   
					NX5821-71   
					NX5821-1D1/PL4 Migration   
					NX5821-1D1/PL5 Migration   
					NX5821-1D1/PL6 Migration   
					NX5821-1D1/PL7 Migration   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5821-PL5 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582151-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5821-PL6 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582161-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5821-PL7 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582171-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					Dual Domain Systems   
					NXM582232-32K   
					NXM582242-42K   
					NXM582252-52K   
					NXM582262-62K   
					NX5822-32   
					NX5822-42   
					NX5822-52   
					NX5822-62   
					NX5822-2D2/PL3 Migration   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5822-PL3 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582232-PRK (PROM)   
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5822-PL4 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582242-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5822-2D2/PL4 Migration   
					NX5822-2D2/PL5 Migration   
					NX5822-2D2/PL6 Migration   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5822-PL5 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582252-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5822-PL6 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582262-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					7017 6300–005   
					3–15   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Converting From NX5820 to NX5820 K Systems   
					Table 3–6. Conversion Package Styles for NX5820 to NX5820 K Systems   
					Conversion   
					Converts   
					Consists of Component Style Qty.   
					Package Style   
					From   
					To   
					NXM582272-72K   
					NXM582273-73K   
					NXM582274-74K   
					NXM582275-75K   
					NXM582276-76K   
					NXM582277-77K   
					NXM582278-78K   
					NX5822-72   
					NX5822-2D2/PL7 Migration   
					NX5822-2D3/PL7 Migration   
					NX5822-2D4/PL7 Migration   
					NX5822-2D5/PL7 Migration   
					NX5822-2D6/PL7 Migration   
					NX5822-2D7/PL7 Migration   
					NX5822-2D8/PL7 Migration   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5822-PL7 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582272-PRK (PROM)   
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5823-PL7 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582273-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5822-73   
					NX5822-74   
					NX5822-75   
					NX5822-76   
					NX5822-77   
					NX5822-78   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5824-PL7 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582274-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5825-PL7 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582275-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5826-PL7 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582276-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5827-PL7 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582277-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					KIU5820-PCA (KIUB BOARD)   
					NXM5828-PL7 (Functional SW)   
					NXM582278-PRK (PROM)   
					NX5820-OPC (Console S/W)   
					3–16   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Section 4   
					Configuring I/O Cabinets and Channel   
					Racks   
					How to Use This Section   
					This section provides guidelines for configuring universal cabinet (UC) style rack-mount   
					(RM) cabinets:   
					• 
					• 
					"Configuring I/O Cabinets" describes cabinet components and provides guidelines for   
					configuring the cabinets.   
					"Configuring Channel Racks" describes channel rack components and provides   
					guidelines for configuring channel racks.   
					For information on configuring migration I/O cabinets and bases, refer to the   
					documentation for systems from which these units are being migrated.   
					For information on configuring I/O devices, refer to the appropriate sections of the   
					A Series and ClearPath Enterprise Server NX Systems I/O Hardware   
					Configuration   
					Guide (7008 6087).   
					Configuring I/O Cabinets   
					The following open-front (no doors) styles of RM cabinets can be ordered with the system:   
					• 
					BRM36-O and BRM36-O2   
					The following louvered door styles of RM cabinets can be migrated to the system:   
					RM36-1 and RM36-2   
					• 
					Table 4–1 describes the cabinet styles. Table 4–2 provides guidelines for configuring the   
					cabinets.   
					7017 6300–005   
					4–1   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring I/O Cabinets   
					Table 4–1. Cabinet Styles   
					Status   
					Style   
					BRM36-O   
					BRM36-O2   
					RM36-1   
					Description   
					Orderable   
					First or only open-front style cabinet in a row. 36U high.   
					Second and additional open-front style cabinets in a row. 36U high.   
					First or only louvered-door style cabinet in a row. 36U high.   
					Second and additional louvered-door style cabinets in a row. 36U high.   
					Migration   
					RM36-2   
					Table 4–2. Configuration Guidelines for I/O Cabinets   
					Rule   
					Description   
					1 
					2 
					Optional cabinets higher than 19U require a cable manager.   
					The following UIO style I/O bases can be migrated to the system. Refer to the documentation   
					for the system from which the units are being migrated for configuration information.   
					General guidelines are as follows:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					RM9-IO1 - First I/O base in cabinet. Without fascia.   
					RM9-IO2 - Second and subsequent I/O bases in cabinet. Without fascia.   
					RM9-IO3 - Can be migrated with the installation of upgrade style RM934-CNV. With   
					fascia.   
					• 
					• 
					RM9-IO4 - First I/O base in style cabinet. With fascia.   
					RM9-IO5 - Second and subsequent I/O bases in cabinet. With fascia.   
					Maximum capacities are as follows:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					I/O bases per UC36 cabinet = 4 maximum   
					I/O bases per UC19 cabinet = 2 maximum   
					Cards per I/O base = 18 maximum   
					4–2   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channel Racks   
					Configuring Channel Racks   
					Channel racks expand IOM connectivity beyond the channel slots provided in the system   
					cabinet. Two styles of channel rack are available:   
					• 
					• 
					RM5-CA4 - With fascia for open-door style cabinets   
					RM5-CA5 - Without fascia, for louvered-door style cabinets   
					Each channel rack connection requires:   
					• 
					CSB3-E3U – CSBUS3 External CMF W/3U Feedthru   
					or   
					• 
					CSB3-E6U – CSBUS3 External CMF W/6U Feedthru   
					WARNING   
					When connecting external channel racks to a CS-bus III interface, check   
					to ensure that only CS-bus III style components are used, that is,   
					CSB3-3U or CSB3-6U feedthrough card and CSB3-XXC cable. Mixing   
					CS-bus II and CS-bus III interface component styles on external channel   
					rack interfaces will result in damage to the equipment.   
					Table 4–3 describes channel rack components. Table 4–4 provides configuration   
					guidelines. Table 4–5 provides guidelines for configuring the power net in channel racks.   
					For guidelines on configuring the channels themselves and when to use external channel   
					racks, refer to "Configuring Channels" in Section 5.   
					7017 6300–005   
					4–3   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channel Racks   
					Table 4–3. Channel Rack Components   
					Style   
					Description   
					• 
					These are modular channel racks used with RM-style open-front I/O cabinets to   
					house external channel cards.   
					RM5-CA4 and   
					RM5-CA5   
					• 
					• 
					RM5-CA4 is with fascia, for BRM36-0 and BRM36-02 cabinets.   
					RM5-CA5 is without fascia, for BRM36-1 and BRM36-2 cabinets with louvered doors   
					only.   
					• 
					Each rack contains four bays with four 3U slots each and accommodates up to   
					sixteen 3U channel cards.   
					• 
					• 
					A conversion kit is available for converting adjacent 3U slots for 6U use   
					Each CS bus interface requires an optional CMF interface card and CS-bus cable   
					(see below)   
					Consists of:   
					CSB3-E3U   
					CSB3-E6U   
					• 
					• 
					One CSB35000-3U CS BUS3 Feedthru/Term 3U   
					One CSB3-20C Cable Assembly, CSBIII 20 feet   
					Consists of:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					One CSB35000-6U CS BUS3 Feedthru/Term 6U   
					One CSB3-20C   
					Four RM5-6UF   
					Cable Assembly, CSBIII 20 feet   
					6U Slot Filler, Channel Rack   
					Provided with CSB3-E3U for a 3U CS-bus III path from the IOM to an external   
					channel rack.   
					CSB35000-3U   
					CMF Interface   
					• 
					Each option includes a 3U feedthrough/terminator card for the external channel   
					rack.   
					See preceding warning.   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Provided with CSB3-E6U options for a 6U CS-bus III path from the IOM to an   
					external channel rack.   
					CSB35000-6U   
					CMF Interface   
					Each option includes a 6U feedthrough/terminator card for the external channel   
					rack.   
					The options also include RM5-6UF covers (below) for unused 6U slots.   
					See preceding warning.   
					CSB3-20C   
					CS-Bus III   
					Included with CSB3-E3U and CSB3-E6U options to provide the channel path from the   
					internal CS-bus to an external channel rack. (20 feet)   
					Interface Cable   
					See preceding warning.   
					RM5-6UF   
					6U blank board included with CSB3-E6U option. Required for unused 6U slots.   
					CHN1-6T3   
					Channel Rack 6U to 3U board converter. It is used to accommodate an unused 6U   
					board slot to a 3U board slot. Allows a 3U channel card to be placed in an unused 6U   
					slot.   
					4–4   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channel Racks   
					Table 4–4. Guidelines for Configuring Channel Racks   
					Area   
					Rule/Recommendation   
					3U configurations   
					Consists of four bays with four 3U channel slots each:   
					3U Bay   
					(3rd)   
					3U Bay   
					(4th)   
					3U Bay   
					(1st)   
					3U Bay   
					(2nd)   
					A22   
					Vertically adjacent bays can be electrically and logically configured so that one CS-   
					bus can service two bays with up to eight channels. The following configurations   
					are possible:   
					• 
					• 
					Four CS-buses servicing four bays of four channels each   
					One CS-bus servicing eight channels in vertically adjacent bays and two CS-   
					buses servicing two bays of four channels each   
					• 
					Two CS-buses servicing two sets of vertically adjacent bays of eight channels   
					each   
					See Table 5–3 for channel loading.   
					Mixed 3U/6U   
					configurations   
					Consists of adjacent 3U bays converted to 6U use:   
					3U Bay   
					(2nd)   
					3U Bay   
					(3rd)   
					6U Bay   
					(1st)   
					A23   
					In the configuration shown, two 3U paths service the two upper bays and one 6U   
					path services the lower bay. The 3U-to-6U conversion can be in either the upper or   
					lower bays, or both. The following configurations are possible:   
					• 
					Two CS-buses servicing two bays of four 3U channels each and one CS-bus   
					servicing one converted bay of four 6U channels   
					• 
					Two CS-buses servicing two bays of four 6U channels each   
					See Table 5–3 for channel loading.   
					Channel loading   
					Filler boards   
					Each CS-bus can handle up to eight channel loads. The above configurations may   
					be limited to fewer channels than indicated, depending on the channel loading. See   
					"Assigning Channel Loads" in Section 5.   
					Unused 6U locations must contain a filler board. The RM5-6UF option provides one   
					6U filler board for this purpose and included with CSB3-E6U option.   
					7017 6300–005   
					4–5   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channel Racks   
					Table 4–5. Configuring Power Net in Channel Racks   
					Area   
					Recommendation   
					Configuration   
					For NX5820 systems, if the channel racks are daisy chained to one another and the CEC   
					section, use 9 Pin D to 9 Pin D Power Net cables (Style CBL8820-xxx, cable assembly 3446   
					6110-xxx).   
					The 9 Pin “Power Net In” connector (J5) is located on the left side in the rear of the channel   
					rack. The 9 Pin “Power Net Out” connector (J4) is next to it.   
					Power Net   
					Address   
					Switches 3 (MSB) through 8 (LSB) are used for the Power Net address assigned to the   
					channel rack. Switch 1 and 2 are not applicable.   
					Termination   
					Channel racks have internal termination. Only install Power Net terminator activation   
					jumpers at JP2 and JP4 if this channel rack is the last on the Power Net chain.   
					Reference   
					Refer to Channel Rack Installation Guide (3953 3893–502) or higher for further   
					information on channel racks.   
					4–6   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Section 5   
					Configuring the Input/Output Module   
					Introduction   
					This section explains how to configure the I/O module (IOM) and its components.   
					• 
					• 
					It covers that portion of the Input/Output system considered part of the central   
					system; that is, from the IOB for the NX5820 or the KIUB for the NX5820 K to the   
					Common Input/Output Module (CIOM) and including the channel interface.   
					It does not cover from the channel interface outward. That information is included in   
					the Unisys e-@ction ClearPath Enterprise Servers A Series and NX Systems   
					I/O Configuration Guide (7008 6087). See "Information Contained in the I/O   
					Configuration Guide" at the end of this section for a list of topics.   
					How This Section Is Organized   
					The following topics are discussed in this section:   
					• 
					How the IOM is organized   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					IOM Logical organization   
					IOM Physical organization   
					IOM options   
					• 
					Configuring channels   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					Styles offered   
					Assigning channel loads   
					Configuration guidelines   
					Configuration diagrams   
					• 
					Where to find I/O subsystem information   
					7017 6300–005   
					5–1   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				How the IOM Is Organized   
					How the IOM Is Organized   
					The IOM manages the I/O channels connected via the channel service (CS) busses and   
					transfers data and control information to and from main storage via the memory interface.   
					Each domain contains an IOM system.   
					IOM Logical Organization   
					Each IOM consists of two board types:   
					• 
					• 
					Input/Output Bridge (IOB) for NX5820 or KIUB for NX5820 K which provides   
					connectivity between the system memory and the I/O bus.   
					Common Input/Output Module   
					− 
					Each CIOM comes with four channel manager facility (CMFs) which provides four   
					CS-bus interfaces, one CS-bus per CMF.   
					− 
					In addition, the first CIOM of each domain allows two of it's four CS busses to be   
					directed to the backplane to drive the internal channels. These same two CS-   
					busses can also drive external channels.   
					− 
					− 
					For NX5820, one CIOM of each domain is dedicated for IOU functionality. No   
					CMFs are available for CS-bus interfaces on this CIOM. Current NX5820 systems   
					will only support four usable CIOMs per domain for CS-bus connectivity.   
					NX5820 K systems will support five usable CIOMs per domain for CS-bus   
					connectivity. Optionally, one CIOM in domain 0 is dedicated for Multi IOU   
					functionally, and one CIOM in domain 1 is dedicated for TCU functionally. These   
					two CIOMs can not support CS-bus connectivity.   
					Figure 5–1 shows the over view of the IOM organization for the NX5820. Figure 5–2 shows   
					the over view of the IOM organization for the NX5820 K.   
					Domain 0   
					Domain 1   
					MSM   
					MSM   
					IOM   
					IOM   
					IOB   
					**   
					IOB   
					**   
					CIOM   
					CIOM   
					CIOM   
					CIOM   
					CIOM   
					CIOM   
					CIOM   
					CIOM   
					CIOM   
					CIOM   
					* 
					* 
					4 CSBs 4 CSBs   
					4 CSBs 4 CSBs   
					4 CSBs 4 CSBs   
					4 CSBs 4 CSBs   
					2 of 4 busses can drive Internal and External Channels.   
					Dedicated CIOM for IOU functionality.   
					* 
					**   
					0710   
					Figure 5–1. NX5820 IOM Organization   
					5–2   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				How the IOM Is Organized   
					Domain 1   
					Domain 0   
					MSM   
					MSM   
					IOM   
					IOM   
					KIUB   
					KIUB   
					* *   
					** *   
					CIOM   
					CIOM CIOM CIOM   
					CIOM CIOM   
					CIOM   
					CIOM CIOM CIOM   
					CIOM CIOM   
					* 
					* 
					4 CSBs 4 CSBs   
					4 CSBs 4 CSBs 4 CSBs   
					4 CSBs 4 CSBs   
					4 CSBs 4 CSBs 4 CSBs   
					* 2 of 4 busses can drive Internal and External Channels.   
					Optionally dedicated for Multi-IOU functionality   
					0710A   
					* *   
					Optionally dedicated for TCU functionality   
					** *   
					Figure 5–2. NX5820 K IOM Organization   
					IOM Physical Organization   
					Each NX5820 and NX5820 K domain contains a front and rear card module assembly with   
					specific locations for the IOB or KIUB, CIOMs, and internal channel rack. See Figure 5–3   
					for card module assembly for the NX5820 and Figure 5–4 for NX5820 K.   
					The front card module assembly contains:   
					• 
					One card slot per domain accepts a 6U IOB or KIUB card (slot A5 for Domain 0, slot   
					B5 for Domain 1).   
					The rear card module assembly contains:   
					• 
					• 
					One card slot per domain accepts the first 9U CIOM card (slot A4 for Domain 0, slot   
					B4 for Domain 1).   
					For NX5820, one card slot per domain for the middle 9U CIOM card dedicated for IOU   
					functionality (slot A6 for domain 0, slot B6 for domain 1). Optional card slots per   
					domain for the second, third, and fourth 9U CIOM cards (slot A5, A7, and A8 for   
					Domain 0, slot B5, B7, and B8 for Domain 1).   
					• 
					For NX5820 K, optional card slots per domain for the second, third, fourth, fifth, and   
					sixth 9U CIOM cards (slot A5, A6, A7, A8 and A9 for Domain 0, slot B5, B6, B7, B8, and   
					B9 for Domain 1).   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Twelve 3U card slots per domain within the internal channel rack to accept channel   
					cards. Eight 3U card slots (lower rows) can be converted into 6U card slots.   
					Each CS-bus interface can support up to sixteen channel loads (see ”Assigning   
					Channel Loads”).   
					The first CIOM per domain (slot A4 for Domain 0, slot B4 for Domain 1) can support   
					up to four CS-Busses plus two internal busses as follows:   
					7017 6300–005   
					5–3   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				How the IOM Is Organized   
					First CIOM Per Domain   
					CMF#   
					CMF0   
					CMF4   
					CMF1   
					CMF5   
					CMF2   
					CMF3   
					Used for channels   
					Channel Loads   
					External   
					Internal   
					External   
					Internal   
					External   
					External   
					CMF0 and CMF4 are combined for 16 loads   
					CMF1 and CMF5 are combined for 16 loads   
					16 loads   
					16 loads   
					• 
					With optional CS Bus connectivity CIOMs installed (Style CIM9-ADD), an additional   
					four CS busses are available per CIOM (CMF0, 1, 2, 3), all being external CS busses   
					with 16 channel loads each.   
					Domain 0   
					Domain 1   
					Domain 1   
					Domain 0   
					Cooling   
					Module   
					Cooling   
					Module   
					Operator   
					Panel   
					Operator   
					Panel   
					AC Inlet   
					AC Inlet   
					Power Module   
					Power Module   
					A0 A1 A2 A3A4A5B5B4B3 B2 B1 B0   
					B0   
					B9   
					A9   
					A0   
					Internal   
					Channel   
					Rack   
					Channels   
					Channels   
					M 
					S 
					U 
					0 
					M M P P I I P P M M   
					M 
					S 
					U 
					0 
					L 
					L 
					o 
					g 
					i 
					S 
					U 
					1 
					S 
					U 
					2 
					M M O O M M   
					S 
					S 
					C C C C C   
					C C C C C   
					o 
					g 
					i 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					4 
					2 B B 3 5 U U   
					Channels   
					Channels   
					Channels   
					Channels   
					O O O OO   
					M M MMM   
					O OO O O   
					M MM M M   
					2 
					1 
					* 
					* 
					* 
					* 
					c 
					c 
					* 
					* 
					P 
					M 
					A 
					P P   
					M M   
					6 7   
					P 
					M 
					B 
					R 
					a 
					c 
					R 
					a 
					c 
					C 
					L 
					F F C F F   
					/ 
					T T K K T T   
					/ 
					L 
					/ 
					/ 
					k 
					k 
					Air Inlet   
					Air Inlet   
					Front View   
					Rear View   
					* 
					The first CIOM board in the domain goes into this slot.   
					* 
					* 
					Required CIOM Board for IOU functionality (CMF CS busses   
					can not be used).   
					0700   
					Figure 5–3. Card Module Assembly for NX5820   
					5–4   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				How the IOM Is Organized   
					Domain 0   
					Domain 1   
					Domain 1   
					Domain 0   
					Cooling   
					Module   
					Cooling   
					Module   
					Operator   
					Panel   
					Operator   
					Panel   
					AC Inlet   
					AC Inlet   
					Power Module   
					Power Module   
					A0 A1 A2 A3A4A5B5B4B3 B2 B1 B0   
					B0   
					B9   
					A9   
					A0   
					Internal   
					Channel   
					Rack   
					Channels   
					Channels   
					M 
					S 
					U 
					0 
					M M P P K K P P M M   
					M 
					S 
					U 
					0 
					L 
					o 
					g 
					i 
					L 
					o 
					g 
					i 
					S 
					U 
					1 
					S 
					U 
					2 
					M M I   
					I 
					M M   
					S 
					U 
					2 
					S 
					U 
					1 
					C C C C C C   
					C C C C C C   
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					I 
					4 
					2 U U 3 5   
					B B   
					Channels   
					Channels   
					Channels   
					Channels   
					O O O OOO   
					M M MMMM   
					O O OO O O   
					M M MM M M   
					* 
					* *   
					* 
					* 
					* 
					* 
					c 
					c 
					P P P P P P   
					M M M M M M   
					A 8 6 7 9 B   
					R 
					a 
					c 
					R 
					a 
					c 
					C 
					L 
					F F C F F   
					/ 
					/ 
					L 
					/ 
					/ 
					T T K K T T   
					k 
					k 
					Air Inlet   
					Air Inlet   
					Front View   
					Rear View   
					* 
					The first CIOM board in the domain goes into this slot.   
					Optionally dedicated for TCU functionality   
					* *   
					Optionally dedicated for Multi-IOU functionality   
					0700A   
					** *   
					Figure 5–4. Card Module Assembly for NX5820 K   
					IOM Options   
					• 
					• 
					CMF external connectivity options   
					CIOM upgrade   
					CMF External Connectivity   
					Table 5–1 lists the corresponding package styles required for connection of an external   
					CS-bus to an external channel rack (RM5-CA4 or RM5-CA5) and includes the appropriate   
					Feedthru board (3U or 6U Feedthru depending on the style below). Order one package   
					style for each CMF to be connected to external channel rack(s). When migrating channels   
					from older systems, order appropriated CSB3-E3U or CSB3-E6U kits to provide CSBus 3   
					type cables and interface cards.   
					7017 6300–005   
					5–5   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				How the IOM Is Organized   
					Table 5–1. CMF External Connectivity Options   
					Package Style   
					Name   
					Component Style Qty.   
					Name   
					Description/Content   
					CSB3–E3U   
					CS Bus 3 External CMF with 3U Feedthru.   
					CS Bus 3 Feedthru/Terminator card, 3U.   
					Cable assembly, CSB 3, 20 feet.   
					CSB35000–3U   
					1 
					1 
					CSB3–20C   
					CSB3–E6U   
					CS Bus 3 External CMF with 6U Feedthru.   
					CS Bus 3 Feedthru/Terminator card, 6U.   
					6U Slot filler, channel rack.   
					CSB35000–6U   
					RM5–6UF   
					1 
					4 
					1 
					CSB3–20C   
					Cable assembly, CSB 3, 20 feet.   
					CIOM Upgrade   
					For NX5820, four CIOMs (two per domain) are included with each system configured. For   
					NX5820 K, two CIOMs (one per domain) are included with each system configured. For   
					NX5820, up to a maximum of six (three per domain) additional CIOMs are allowed per   
					system. For NX5820 K, up to a maximum of ten (five per domain) additional CIOMs are   
					allowed per system. For additional CIOMs, order package style CIM9-ADD. It includes   
					the following:   
					− 
					− 
					One IOM9-CRD CIOM PC Assembly   
					One NX5820-CMA Additional Cable Manager   
					5–6   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channels   
					Configuring Channels   
					This subsection:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Identifies channel adapter styles supported on the system   
					Provides channel loading for supported styles   
					Provides guidelines for configuring channels   
					Provides typical channel configuration diagrams   
					Styles Offered   
					Table 5–2 identifies the channel adapter styles supported on the system. Channel adapters   
					listed as "new" can be purchased with the system. Channel adapters listed as "migration"   
					can be migrated from existing systems. Channel adapters listed as “planned” are to be   
					qualified in the future.   
					Table 5–2. Supported Channel Adapter Types   
					Style   
					CA301-MLI   
					Description   
					Support Status   
					MLI channel   
					New   
					Migration   
					New   
					CA312-SCI   
					CA322-SCI   
					CA332-SCI   
					CA601-FDI   
					CA602-FDI   
					CA604-FDI   
					CA622-BAS   
					CA626-BAS   
					CA6552-OC3   
					CA65516-OC3   
					CA6552   
					SCSI-2N channel   
					SCSI-2W channel   
					SCSI-Ultra Wide Channel   
					FDDI channel   
					New   
					Migration   
					Migrated   
					TBD   
					FDDI channel   
					CDDI channel   
					Entry-level 802.3 channel   
					High performance 802.3 channel   
					ATM channel   
					Migration   
					New   
					Migration   
					New   
					ATM channel   
					ATM channel   
					New   
					FCA621-CU   
					FCA622-SW   
					FCA623-LW   
					MAINTLAN   
					PCI3-FTH   
					Fibre channel (Copper)   
					Fibre channel (Short)   
					Fibre channel (Long)   
					Part of NX5821-CCC or NX5822-CCC   
					PCI thru bridge card   
					Planned   
					New   
					New   
					New   
					New   
					7017 6300–005   
					5–7   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channels   
					Assigning Channel Loads   
					Table 5–3 provides CS-bus loading guidelines for the various channel configurations.   
					CS-bus loading is dependent on bus demand factor (BDF), which provides a gauge of CS-   
					bus availability when the channel requires service. When there are many channels on the   
					CS-bus vying for service simultaneously, there is a low probability of any one of the   
					channels being granted instantaneous access to the bus. Such a configuration would offer   
					greater connectivity, but the BDF would be low. Conversely, if the channel requires   
					immediate access to the bus, the BDF would be high. Such a configuration would offer   
					greater performance.   
					In Table 5–3, note that BDF increases as the bus demand increases such that at maximum   
					performance, connectivity is of secondary importance; conversely, at maximum   
					connectivity, performance is of secondary importance. The balanced   
					performance/connectivity column reflects loading where performance and connectivity   
					receive approximately equal consideration.   
					Note: To achieve results representative of the performance and connectivity profiles   
					in the tables, it is recommended that bus loading be limited to sixteen loads per   
					bus for CIOM CS-Busses.   
					Table 5–3. CIOM CS-Bus Channel Loading   
					Bus Demand Factor1   
					Channel Type   
					Maximum   
					Performance   
					Balanced   
					Performance/Connectivity   
					Maximum Connectivity   
					802.3 (two ports)   
					ATM (full duplex) 2   
					FDDI/CDDI   
					Fibre   
					3 loads   
					8 loads   
					5 loads   
					8 loads   
					1 load   
					1 load   
					4 loads   
					1 load   
					1 load   
					2 loads   
					1 load   
					4 loads   
					1 load   
					4 loads   
					1 load   
					MAINTLAN   
					MLI   
					6 loads   
					10 loads   
					8 loads   
					10 loads   
					12 loads   
					2 loads   
					4 loads   
					2 loads   
					3 loads   
					3 loads   
					1 load   
					PCI thru   
					2 loads   
					1 load   
					SCSI-2N   
					SCSI-2W   
					2 loads   
					2 loads   
					SCSI-ULTRA   
					Notes:   
					1. BDF = Equivalent loads per channel.   
					2. Refer to ATM Channel Adapter Style CA6552–OC3 Configuration Guide in the About This Guide   
					section for loading applicable to specific configurations.   
					5–8   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channels   
					Configuration Guidelines   
					Figure 5–5 is a CIOM/CMF/CS-Bus and channel diagram. Table 5–4 provides guidelines   
					for configuring channels.   
					First CIOM   
					(Card slot A4 for Dom 0;   
					B4 for Dom 1)   
					Additional CS-Bus CIOMs   
					(Card slots A5, A7, A8, A9 for Dom 0;   
					B5, B7, B8, B9 for Dom 1)   
					Eight Channels Total   
					(Internal Channel Card   
					C 
					M 
					F 
					C 
					M 
					F 
					slots   
					A0 - P1;   
					A1 - P1;   
					A2 - P1;   
					A3 - P1;   
					Eight Channels Total   
					(All External)   
					CS Bus 0   
					CS Bus 0   
					0/4   
					0 
					and/or External Channels)   
					Eight Channels Total   
					(Internal Channel Card   
					C 
					M 
					F 
					C 
					M 
					F 
					slots   
					A0 - P2; A1 - P2;   
					A2 - P2; A3 - P2;   
					A0 - P3; A1 - P3;   
					A2 - P3; A3 - P3;   
					Eight Channels Total   
					(All External)   
					CS Bus 1   
					CS Bus 1   
					1/5   
					1 
					and/or External Channels)   
					C 
					M 
					F 
					C 
					M 
					F 
					Eight Channels Total   
					(All External)   
					CS Bus 2   
					CS Bus 3   
					To Server   
					CS Bus 2   
					CS Bus 3   
					2 
					2 
					C 
					M 
					F 
					C 
					M 
					F 
					Eight Channels Total   
					(All External)   
					Eight Channels Total   
					(All External)   
					3 
					3 
					Note: For NX5820 Max Channels: 4 X CIOM/Domain (8 CIOMs)   
					254 Logical Channels per system   
					Note: For NX5820 K Max Channels: 5 X CIOM/Domain (10 CIOMs)   
					0712A   
					254 Logical Channels per system   
					Figure 5–5. CIOM/CMF/CS-BUS and Channel Diagram   
					7017 6300–005   
					5–9   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channels   
					Table 5–4. Guidelines for Configuring Channels   
					Rule   
					Description   
					Standard: 4 CMFs per CIOM (CMF 0, 1, 2, 3 per CIOM)   
					Number of   
					CMFs per CIOM   
					Maximum: Up to a maximum of 16 external CMFs per domain (32 CMFs per system) for   
					NX5820.   
					Up to a maximum of 20 external CMFs per domain (40 CMFs per system)for   
					NX5820 K.   
					A minimum of four CS-bus interfaces per CIOM are provided. When using up to 4 CIOMs   
					with CS-bus connectivity, there are a maximum of 16 CS buses per domain for   
					NX5820. When using up to 5 CIOMs with CS-bus connectivity, there are a maximum   
					of 20 CS buses per domain for NX5820 K.   
					CS-bus   
					interfaces   
					For all models, one additional CS-bus interface is required for each server attached to   
					the system. As an option, servers can be connected via the PCI thru card. Refer to   
					optional configurations in this section.   
					For the first CIOM in each domain, two of the four standard CMF/CS-bus interfaces   
					(CMF0/4 and CMF1/5) can service channels in the internal channel rack located   
					within the module assembly, plus additional external channels (up to 8 channels   
					maximum per CS-bus).   
					CS-bus interfaces can be connected to an external channel rack via optional package   
					styles listed in Table 5–1.   
					Each CS-Bus interface can service up to sixteen channel loads; however, see “Assigning   
					Channel Loads” earlier in this section. Channel loads should be balanced across   
					CMFs, CS-busses, and domains.   
					5–10   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channels   
					Table 5–4. Guidelines for Configuring Channels   
					Rule   
					Channels   
					Description   
					Total Channels for NX5820 System:   
					A total of 254 logical channels are available per system.   
					For Domain 0, 130 physical channel connections are available (15 external CMFs x 8 =   
					120 channels plus 10 internal channels. One CMF use for dedicated server. Of the   
					10 internal channels, 4 are required for reserved channels, leaving 6 available for   
					internal channels).   
					For Domain 1, 138 physical channel connections are available (16 external CMFs x 8 =   
					128 channels plus 10 internal channels. No dedicated server. Of the 10 internal   
					channels; 4 are required for reserved channels, leaving 6 available for internal   
					channels).   
					Up to two (one per domain) CIOM are required for IOU functionality.   
					Total Channels for NX5820 K System:   
					A total of 254 logical channels are available per system.   
					For Domain 0, 162 physical channel connections are available (19 external CMFs x 8 =   
					152 channels plus 10 internal channels. One CMF use for dedicated server. Of the   
					10 internal channels, 4 are required for reserved channels, leaving 6 available for   
					internal channels).   
					For Domain 1, 170 physical channel connections are available (20 external CMFs x 8 =   
					160 channels plus 10 internal channels. No dedicated server. Of the 10 internal   
					channels; 4 are required for reserved channels, leaving 6 available for internal   
					channels).   
					Optionally, one CIOM in domain 0 is dedicated for Multi IOU functionality and one CIOM in   
					domain 1 is dedicated for TCU functionality. These two optional CIOMs can not   
					support CS-bus connectivity.   
					Reserved channels per domain:   
					One SCSI–2W channel (two channel loads) (3U) dual initiated for the QIC tape and CD-   
					ROM in the OSS7000.   
					One SCSI–2W channel (two channel loads) (3U) dual initiated for two hard drives in the   
					OSS7000.   
					One MAINTLAN channel (one load) (6U) for the Maintenance Hub.   
					One 802.3 high performance channel (one load) (6U) for the public LAN (Switching Hub).   
					Considerations   
					The following considerations apply when configuring channels:   
					Each SCSI, MLI, and PCI thru channel card occupies one 3U card slot.   
					Each 802.3 LAN and MAINTLAN channel card occupy two 3U card slots (6U high)   
					Each FDDI, CDDI, ATM, and Fibre channel card occupy four 3U card slots (2 X 6U high).   
					Each additional 6U high channel card reduces the number of slots available for 3U   
					channel accordingly.   
					7017 6300–005   
					5–11   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Configuring Channels   
					Configuration Diagrams   
					Figure 5–6 and Figure 5–7 are examples of typical channel configurations. Actual   
					configurations may vary depending on the number and types of channels configured.   
					Figure 5–8 shows the typical locations of the PCI thru card when used optionally to   
					connect a server via the internal channel rack or remote channel rack. The following rules   
					apply:   
					• 
					Reserved channels occupy preassigned channel card slots; however, the locations   
					assigned to the channels in these examples are typical. The actual card slots occupied   
					by the MAINTLAN, 802.3, and SCSI–2W cards may vary with the system.   
					• 
					All configurations are subject to channel loading considerations; that is, channel   
					loading is restricted to sixteen channel loads per CMF.   
					Table 5-5 list the various channel assignments and configurations.   
					Table 5–5. NX5820 Channel Assignments and Configurations   
					Name/Use   
					Description   
					CS-4, CS-5   
					The internal bus from CMFn to the corresponding row of channel card slots in   
					the internal rack.   
					CS-0, CS-1, CS-2, CS-3   
					The external bus from CMFn to an external channel or server’s PCI bridge   
					(Windows NT only)   
					A0 to A9 or B0 to B9   
					P1, P2, P3   
					Module card slot locations.   
					Module card row number.   
					R1 to R8   
					The requestor channel number associated with the corresponding card slot in   
					the internal channel rack. If a channel card occupies more than one card slot,   
					the requestor channel number assumes the lowest logical number of the card   
					slots occupied.   
					MAINTLAN   
					CA322-SCI   
					Each domain requires a MAINTLAN channel for access to the Maintenance Hub   
					for private use. The channel was arbitrarily assigned to card slot A0 (P2 &P3)   
					or B0 (P2 &P3) for NX5820.   
					Each domain requires two dual-initiated SCSI-2W channels. One channel   
					services the QIC tape and CD-ROM located in the OSS7000 rack. The second   
					channel serviced two disks also located in the OSS7000 rack. The channels   
					were arbitrarily assigned to card slots A3 (P3) and B2 (P3) or B3 (P3) and A2   
					(P3).   
					CA626-BAS   
					PCI3-FTH   
					Each domain requires an 802.3 channel card for access to an 802.3 Ethernet   
					Public LAN and is available for client use. The channel was arbitrarily assigned   
					to card slots A1 (P2 & P3) or B1 (P2 & P3)   
					Optional connection of a server via PCI thru bridge card. See Figure 5-8 for   
					optional configurations of the PCI thru card. PCI3-FTH is shipped from the   
					factory to be used with relative address 3 in channel racks.   
					5–12   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channels   
					CIOM #0   
					Card   
					Optional   
					CIOM #1   
					Card   
					Note: For NX5820 systems, this CIOM is   
					for IOU functionality only.   
					For NX5820 K, use for Multi-IOU functionality only.   
					Domain 0   
					A2   
					A9   
					A8   
					A7   
					A6   
					A5   
					A4   
					A3   
					A1   
					A0   
					CS-4 CS-4 CS-4 CS-4   
					R4 R3 R2 R1   
					CMF0   
					CMF0   
					CMF0   
					P1   
					CS-0   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CS-5 CS-5 CS-5 CS-5   
					R4   
					R3   
					R2   
					R1   
					CS-1   
					CS-2   
					M 
					A 
					I 
					P2   
					P3   
					N 
					T 
					B8   
					BT   
					B7   
					B6   
					B5   
					B0   
					AT   
					A4   
					A3   
					A2   
					A1   
					A0   
					D8   
					DT   
					D7   
					D6   
					D5   
					D0   
					CT   
					C4   
					C3   
					C2   
					C1   
					C0   
					CS-5 CS-5   
					R8   
					R7   
					L 
					A 
					N 
					CMF3   
					CMF3   
					CMF3   
					CS-3   
					* 
					* 
					* 
					To Server A's   
					PCI Bridge   
					(Via CSB3-10C cable)   
					CS-2   
					* 
					Remote Channel Rack   
					To Server C's   
					PCI Bridge   
					(Via CSB3-15C cable)   
					CS-3   
					Feedthru   
					* 
					Terminator   
					CSB3-20C Cable Assembly   
					0713A   
					Figure 5–6. Single Domain Typical Channel Configuration (Two Internal CS Busses, Two   
					Servers, Four External 4-Channel Busses)   
					7017 6300–005   
					5–13   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Channels   
					Remote Channel Rack   
					Feedthru   
					B8   
					BT   
					B7   
					B6   
					B5   
					B0   
					AT   
					A4   
					A3   
					A2   
					A1   
					A0   
					D8   
					DT   
					D7   
					D6   
					D5   
					D0   
					CT   
					C4   
					C3   
					C2   
					C1   
					C0   
					* 
					Terminator   
					Jumper   
					CSB3-20C Cable Assembly   
					* 
					* 
					* 
					* 
					Domain 1   
					Domain 0   
					A2   
					B0   
					CS-4 CS-4 CS-4 CS-4   
					R1 R2 R3 R4   
					B1   
					B2   
					B3   
					B4   
					B5   
					B6   
					B7   
					B8   
					B9   
					A9   
					A8   
					A7   
					A6   
					A5   
					A4   
					A3   
					A1   
					A0   
					CS-4   
					R3   
					CS-4   
					R4   
					CS-4 CS-4   
					R2 R1   
					CMF0   
					CMF0   
					CMF0   
					CMF0   
					P1   
					P1   
					CS-0   
					CS-0   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CS-5 CS-5 CS-5 CS-5   
					CS-5 CS-5 CS-5 CS-5   
					R1   
					R2   
					R3   
					R4   
					R4   
					R3   
					R2   
					R1   
					M 
					A 
					I 
					M 
					A 
					I 
					P2   
					P3   
					P2   
					P3   
					N 
					T 
					N 
					T 
					CS-5 CS-5   
					CS-5 CS-5   
					R7   
					R8   
					R8   
					R7   
					L 
					A 
					N 
					L 
					A 
					N 
					CMF3   
					CMF3   
					CMF3   
					CMF3   
					To Server B's   
					PCI Bridge   
					To Server A's   
					PCI Bridge   
					CS-2   
					CS-2   
					(Via CSB3-15C cable)   
					(Via CSB3-10C cable)   
					For NX5820, IOU functionality only.   
					For NX5820 K, Multi-IOU functionality   
					only in Domain 0 or TCU functionality   
					only in Domain 1.   
					CS-3   
					CS-3   
					0714A   
					Figure 5–7. Dual Domain Typical Channel Configuration (One Internal CS Buss, Two Servers,   
					and One External 8-Channel Buss per Domain)   
					5–14   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				PCITHRU Feature Card   
					PCITHRU Feature Card   
					The PCITHRU card (style PCI3-FTH) permits expanded use of a server connected CSBus   
					by allowing the server to be connected to a channel rack slot (internal or external), thus   
					enabling connection of additional channels to the same CSBus. See Figure 5–8 for a   
					representative example. Note the PCITHRU card in the internal CS-4/R3 slot used is to   
					connect Server A to Domain 0. Slot three is depicted since the default jumper position on   
					the PCI Bridge Boards shipped from the factory is jumper position 4 which corresponds to   
					a relative channel slot position of three. Slots 1 and 2 can be used, but require a change to   
					the jumper position on the PCI Bridge card , see Figure 5–9. Also note in Figure 5–8 that   
					Server B and Server D are connected to CS-3 in Domain 1 via PCITHRU cards installed in   
					slots A1 and A2 of the Remote Channel Rack.   
					Remote Channel Rack   
					PCI3-FTH   
					Feedthru   
					* 
					B8   
					BT   
					B7   
					B6   
					B5   
					B0   
					AT   
					A4   
					A3   
					A2   
					A1   
					A0   
					D8   
					DT   
					D7   
					D6   
					D5   
					D0   
					CT   
					C4   
					C3   
					C2   
					C1   
					C0   
					Terminator   
					Jumper   
					To Server C's   
					PCI Bridge card   
					(Via CSB3-15C cable)   
					CSB3-20C Cable Assembly   
					* 
					* 
					* 
					To Server D's   
					PCI Bridge card   
					(Via CSB3-15C cable)   
					To Server A's   
					PCI Bridge card   
					(Via CSB3-15C cable)   
					To Server B's   
					PCI Bridge card   
					(Via CSB3-15C cable)   
					* 
					PCI3-FTH   
					Domain 1   
					Domain 0   
					A2   
					B0   
					CS-4 CS-4 CS-4 CS-4   
					R1 R2 R3 R4   
					B1   
					B2   
					B3   
					B4   
					B5   
					B6   
					B7   
					B8   
					B9   
					A9   
					A8   
					A7   
					A6   
					A5   
					A4   
					A3   
					A1   
					A0   
					CS-4   
					R3   
					CS-4   
					R4   
					CS-4 CS-4   
					R2 R1   
					CMF0   
					CMF0   
					CMF0   
					CMF0   
					P1   
					P1   
					CS-0   
					CS-0   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CMF1   
					CMF2   
					CS-5 CS-5 CS-5 CS-5   
					CS-5 CS-5 CS-5 CS-5   
					R1   
					R2   
					R3   
					R4   
					R4   
					R3   
					R2   
					R1   
					M 
					A 
					I 
					M 
					A 
					I 
					P2   
					P3   
					P2   
					P3   
					N 
					T 
					N 
					T 
					CS-5 CS-5   
					R7 R8   
					CS-5 CS-5   
					R8 R7   
					L 
					A 
					N 
					L 
					A 
					N 
					CMF3   
					CMF3   
					CMF3   
					CMF3   
					For NX5820, IOU functionality only.   
					For NX5820 K, Multi-IOU functionality   
					only in Domain 0 or TCU functionality   
					only in Domain 1.   
					CS-3   
					CS-3   
					0714B   
					Figure 5–8. Dual Domain Typical PCITHRU Card Location in the Internal and External Channel   
					Racks   
					7017 6300–005   
					5–15   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring QIC Tape and CD-ROM   
					Configuring QIC Tape and CD-ROM   
					Standard system models include both quarter-inch cartridge (QIC) tape and CD-ROM.   
					Refer to the Unisys e-@ction ClearPath Enterprise Servers A Series and NX   
					Systems I/O Configuration Guide (7008 6087) for guidelines on configuring these   
					devices.   
					Information Contained in the NX Systems I/O   
					Configuration Guide   
					Use the Unisys e-@ction ClearPath Enterprise Servers A Series and NX Systems   
					I/O Configuration Guide (7008 6087) for information relative to the I/O subsystem   
					from the channel interface outward. The topics covered in that guide are outlined below.   
					• 
					I/O Cabinets and bases:   
					− 
					− 
					Independent I/O (IIO) cabinets   
					I/O bases   
					Note: I/O Cabinets and racks available with the NX Systems are covered in   
					Section 4 of this guide.   
					• 
					Standard I/O subsystems supported on the system:   
					− 
					Small computer system interface (SCSI) subsystem channels SCSI-2W and   
					SCSI-2N   
					− 
					Direct-attach subsystem/channels   
					ο 
					Fiber and copper distributed data interface (FDDI/CDDI) local area networks   
					(LANs)   
					ο 
					ο 
					ο 
					802.3 LANs   
					Message level interface (MLI) channel   
					Asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) network   
					• 
					Migration I/O subsystems supported on the system:   
					− 
					− 
					MLI-based SCSI   
					Data communications subsystems using data link processors (DLPs)   
					ο 
					ο 
					ο 
					ο 
					ο 
					Network support processor (NSP)   
					Line support processor (LSP)   
					EDC DLP   
					Integrated communications processor (ICP)   
					CP2000 communications processor   
					− 
					Communications processor local area network (CPLAN)   
					7017 6300–005   
					5–17   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Information Contained in the NX Systems I/O Configuration Guide   
					• 
					Peripheral devices supported on the system:   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					Comprehensive listing of device styles   
					Migration/new qualification status   
					Channel types   
					PCD control names   
					PCD/MCP names   
					• 
					• 
					Peripheral configuration and power control addressing:   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					Peripheral configuration diagram (PCD)   
					Power control net (PCN)   
					Automatic power control (APC)   
					Cables   
					5–18   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Section 6   
					Configuring the Servers   
					How This Section Is Organized   
					This section contains the following information:   
					• 
					Describes the features provided with   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					− 
					VX1305-BSE/-BSU servers   
					VX1505-BSE/ -BSU servers   
					ES2024R servers (Package Style ESR202141-GZN)   
					ES5044R servers (Package Style ESR504141-GZN)   
					ES5085R servers (Package Style ESR508151-GZN)   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Identifies components included with each server   
					Identifies required and optional package styles   
					Lists configuration guidelines   
					Configuring the private maintenance Hub and Public Switch LAN   
					Provides information on configuring the optional uninterruptible power supply (UPS)   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–1   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1305 Servers   
					VX1305 Servers   
					Note: This configuration guide lists the basic features and options offered with   
					VX1305 servers. The VX1305 server supports Windows NT. Your Unisys   
					representative can provide details on server options available beyond those   
					documented here.   
					VX1305 Basic Features   
					• 
					One to ten servers (Five maximum per domain)   
					− 
					− 
					VX1305-BSE (server A: server position 1)   
					VX1305-BSU (server B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, or J: server positions 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,   
					or 10)   
					• 
					• 
					One to two processors per server   
					One memory card per server   
					− 
					− 
					Initial memory size is 256 MB per server   
					Up to three (3) additional 256 MB memory styles can be installed in the server.   
					• 
					• 
					PCI/ISA architecture   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					One ISA   
					Six PCI   
					One shared ISA/PCI card slot   
					Dedicated peripheral devices, per server:   
					− 
					Two hot-swappable 3.5-inch RAID disks and RAID controller with 4 MB cache   
					memory. One additional disk is optional.   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					Three drive RAID cage   
					One CD-ROM drive   
					One 1.44 MB 3.5-inch diskette drive   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Redundant hot-swap power supplies with dual AC inlets   
					Redundant hot-swap cooling fans   
					Connection and user access packages depending on client requirements   
					Table 6–1 lists the standard features provided with the VX1305-BSE/-BSU packages.   
					Additional processors, additional memory, connection packages, and user access   
					components must be ordered separately.   
					Figure 6–1 provides a road map for ordering VX1305 servers. The remainder of this   
					subsection describes the server contents.   
					6–2   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1305 Servers   
					Table 6–1. Basic Features, VX1305 Servers   
					VX1305   
					Servers   
					Processors   
					Memory4   
					10/100   
					Mbps LAN 1.44-MB   
					Interface   
					3.5-Inch   
					CD-ROM   
					Drive   
					DAT   
					Tape   
					Drive7   
					RAID   
					9-GB   
					2,3   
					Floppy   
					Hard Disk Drives5   
					Disk Drive   
					Min.   
					256-MB   
					Max.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Max.   
					Per Server1,6,7   
					1 to 2   
					1-GB   
					2 
					1 
					1 
					0 
					2 
					3 
					Notes:   
					1. VX1305-BSE includes the basic components listed in Table 6–2. VX1305-BSU contains the   
					same basic components.   
					2. One processor is included with each VX1305-BSE/-BSU package.   
					3. One additional processor and voltage regulator may be added to each VX1305-BSE/-BSU, to a   
					maximum of two processors per server. See Table 6–3.   
					4. One memory board with 256 MB is included with each VX1305-BSE/-BSU package.   
					Additional 256 MB memory styles is selected, expandable to a total of four. See Table 6-4 for   
					ordering information.   
					5. Two 9-GB hard disk drives are included with each VX1305-BSE/-BSU package. One   
					additional drive (ordered separately) can be added   
					6. A connection package (Table 6-5), optional user access components (Table 6-6), optional PCI   
					Thru card and software package must be ordered separately.   
					7. A tape is recommended for back-up. Order the following styles if desired:   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					EXD221-SXR   
					CBL2210-OSM   
					12 GB DAT Tape Drive (Qty. 1)   
					Tape Drawer (Qty. 1, drawer will accommodate 2 tapes)   
					10 foot SCSI Interface Cable (Qty. 1, Note that this cable is   
					between the tape and server RAID adapter)   
					IEC320 Rack to Rack Power Cord (Qty. 1)   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–3   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1305 Servers   
					Server B   
					Server A   
					(Optional)   
					(Required)   
					QTY. 1   
					QTY. 1   
					Server   
					B 
					Server   
					A 
					* 
					VX1305-BSU   
					VX1305-BSE   
					* 
					QTY. 0 - 1   
					QTY. 0 - 1   
					DSR2450-512   
					or DSR3500-512   
					(Currently available)   
					DSR200081-P2U   
					DSR2450-512   
					or DSR3500-512   
					(Currently available)   
					DSR200081-P2U   
					Additional   
					Processors   
					Additional   
					Processors   
					Additional   
					Memory   
					QTY. 0 - 3   
					QTY. 0 - 3   
					Additional   
					Memory   
					256 MB   
					DIM10072-256   
					256 MB   
					DIM10072-256   
					QTY. 0 - 1   
					QTY. 0 - 1   
					Additional   
					Storage option   
					Additional   
					Storage option   
					HDL917-C   
					9GB Disk   
					HDL917-C   
					9GB Disk   
					Select one   
					Select one   
					Connection   
					Package   
					Connection   
					Package   
					NX1305-1NT   
					NXU1305-NT   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCI3-FTH   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCI3-FTH   
					PCI Thru   
					Card   
					PCI Thru   
					Card   
					User   
					Access   
					Components   
					User   
					Access   
					Components   
					Optional: QTY. 1   
					VX4000-CP3   
					Optional: QTY. 1   
					VX4000-CP3   
					Select one   
					Select one   
					US/Canada (contains NTS40-L)   
					US/Canada (contains NTS40-L)   
					NXS440-WEX   
					NXS440-WSX   
					NXS440-WEU   
					NXS440-WSU   
					Software   
					International Single byte (contains NTS40-LIS, 8-bit)   
					International Single byte (contains NTS40-LIS, 8-bit)   
					International Double byte (contains NTS40-LID, 16-bit)   
					Japanese Double byte (contains NTS40-LID, 16-bit)   
					US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					NXS440-WDX   
					NXS440-WJX   
					NXS440-WDU   
					NXS440-WJU   
					NXS840-EEU   
					International Double byte (contains NTS40-LID, 16-bit)   
					Japanese Double byte (contains NTS40-LID, 16-bit)   
					NXS840-EEX US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					NXS840-ESX International Single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					NXS840-ESU International Single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					NXS840-EJU   
					NXS840-EJX   
					Japanese Double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					Japanese Double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					Optional   
					Tape   
					Backup   
					Optional   
					Tape   
					Backup   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					EXD221-SXR   
					CBL2210-OSM   
					12GB Tape   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					EXD221-SXR   
					CBL2210-OSM   
					12GB Tape   
					Tape Drawer (2U)   
					10 ft SCSI Cable   
					Power Cord   
					Tape Drawer (2U)   
					10 ft SCSI Cable   
					Power Cord   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					* 
					Includes one processor, one memory board with 256 MB (DIM10072-256), and two 4GB Disks (HDS417C).   
					0809   
					Figure 6–1. Road Map for Ordering VX1305 Servers   
					6–4   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1305 Servers   
					Server Components   
					This subsection provides ordering information for VX1305-BSE/-BSU server components   
					Orders for server A (server position 1) must include the following:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					VX1305-BSE (Table 6-2)   
					Additional processor, if any (Table 6–3)   
					Additional memory, if any (Table 6–4)   
					Connection package (Table 6–5) and optional PCI Thru card   
					Optional: User access components (Table 6–6)   
					Orders for server B to J (server positions 2 to 10) must include:   
					• 
					• 
					VX1305-BSU (Same contents as VX1305-BSE, Table 6-2)   
					Same selections as for VX1305-BSE (Table 6–3 through Table 6–6)   
					Note: Up to five servers per domain; up to ten servers per dual domain system.   
					See Figure 6–1 for a road map on ordering VX1305 servers.   
					Basic Server Components   
					Table 6–2 lists components included with the VX1305-BSE and VX1305-BSU servers.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–5   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1305 Servers   
					Table 6–2. VX1305-BSE/-BSU Basic Components   
					Component   
					Style Name   
					Description   
					Qty   
					ADP68501-FTF   
					CAG31-DR2   
					68F/50F SCSI CABLE ADAPTER   
					3X RAID CAGE, DR2   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					CBL321-SFR   
					CDR1432-SI   
					INT SCSI SFR OPTION   
					14X-32X SCSI CD-ROM   
					DIM10072-256   
					DR20001-OK1   
					DR200081-LBN   
					DR200081-Z   
					DSR3500-512   
					HDL917-C   
					PC 100 MHz SDRAM 256MB   
					OPERATING KIT   
					DR/2 FOR NT   
					DR/2 RACKMOUNT SERVER- CHASSIS   
					500 MHz W/512K CACHE   
					9-GB P-WIDE SCA   
					RAD5003-P64   
					RAD5163-MEB   
					VX1300-FAS   
					VX1801-CPS   
					3CHNL HBA RAID CTLR   
					16-MB SIMM FOR RAD CTLR WITH BATTERY   
					FASCIA, VX1300 SERVER   
					ClearPath SERVER APPLICATION   
					Add-On Processor Board   
					Table 6–3 lists the add-on processor board and associated voltage regulator available for   
					use with VX1305 servers.   
					Table 6–3. Add-On Processor Board, VX1305 Servers   
					Component   
					Style Number   
					Description   
					Qty.   
					1 
					DSR2450-512 or   
					DSR3500-512   
					450 MHz W/512K CACHE   
					500 MHz W/512K CACHE (Currently Available)   
					DSR200081-P2U   
					VOLTAGE REGULATOR   
					1 
					6–6   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1305 Servers   
					Additional Memory Packages   
					Table 6–4 lists the additional memory packages available for use with VX1305 servers at   
					time of initial system order.   
					Table 6–4. Memory Packages, VX1305 Servers   
					Style Number   
					Qty.   
					Description   
					Additional Memory1   
					PC 100 MHz SDRAM, 256MB   
					DIM10072-256   
					1 
					Notes:   
					1. Up to three (3) additional memory DIMMs can be installed in the server.   
					Memory styles can be intermixed..   
					Connection Packages and Optional PCI Thru Card   
					Table 6–5 list components included with the connection packages for VX1305 servers.   
					Table 6–5. Connection Package Components, VX1305 Servers   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Package Style Name   
					NX1305-1NT1 NXU1305-NT2   
					(Included with   
					Package Style)   
					CBL25-APX   
					25-FOOT CABLE ASSEMBLY   
					CSB3 15 FOOT CABLE ASSEMBLY, COAX   
					PC ASSY, CS3PCI   
					- 
					- 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					CSB3-15C   
					CSB3-PCI   
					1 
					- 
					DSH600004-TBT   
					ETH1010052-PCI   
					4-METER ETHERNET CABLE   
					INTEL 10/100 NETWORK ADAPTER   
					IEC320 “Y” POWER CORD   
					1 
					1 
					USE1936-LC8   
					Notes:   
					1. Required for single-domain systems (VX1305-BSE).   
					2. Required if optional server is ordered (VX1305-BSU).   
					In addition to the above connection package, if the server is to be connected via a PCI   
					Thru card the following optional style can be ordered:   
					Style: PCI3-FTH, PCI Thru Card (Qty. 1)   
					See Figure 6–2 and Section 5 for typical locations and connection to the server.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–7   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1305 Servers   
					Optional User Access Components   
					Table 6–6 lists components included with the optional user access components package,   
					style VX4000-CP3.   
					Table 6–6. VX4000-CP3 Optional User Access Components, VX1305   
					Servers   
					Style Number   
					B25-LC   
					Qty.   
					1 
					Description   
					Line Cord (Note 1)   
					EVG2100-P   
					PCK1-EXT   
					1 
					15-Inch Monitor, Color   
					2 
					Cable M to F PS2 Keyboard EXT   
					Keyboard (Note 2)   
					PCK104-SKB   
					PWM1-PS2   
					SVG100-EXT   
					Notes:   
					1 
					1 
					2-Button Mouse   
					1 
					M to F SVGA Extension Cable   
					1. Line cord selection must be based on site location.   
					2. Language selection must be based on site location.   
					Single-Server to Multi-Server Upgrades VX1305   
					VX1305-BSU enables upgrading a single-server to a Multi-server system. VX1305-BSU   
					contains the same component styles as VX1305-BSE.   
					Note: Up to five servers per domain; up to ten servers per dual domain system.   
					Each VX1305-BSU (server B to J) order must include the following:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					VX1305-BSU (Same contents as VX1305-BSE, Table 6–2)   
					Additional processors, if any (Table 6–3)   
					Additional memory, if any (Table 6–4)   
					Connection package (Table 6–5)   
					Optional: User access components (Table 6–6)   
					6–8   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1305 Servers   
					Configuration Guidelines VX1305   
					Table 6–7 lists guidelines for configuring VX1305 servers. Figure 6–2 shows the   
					connection from a VX1305 server to the CIOM card in the CEC module or to the PCI Thru   
					card in channel racks.   
					Table 6–7. Configuration Guidelines, VX1305 Servers   
					Area   
					Rule/Recommendation   
					See Table 6–5 for details.   
					Windows NT Connection   
					Packages   
					Processor Addition   
					One additional processor may be added to a maximum of two per server. See   
					Table 6–3 for details.   
					Disk Addition   
					Additional disk may be added to a maximum of three per server. See Table 6–1   
					for recommendations.   
					Memory Additions   
					PCD Generation   
					Three increments of 256 MB can be added to a memory board. See Table 6–4.   
					Refer to Appendix B of the A Series and ClearPath HMP NX Systems I/O   
					Hardware Configuration Guide (7008 6087) for information on PCD   
					generation.   
					LPT   
					M 
					U 
					U 
					K 
					LAN   
					Ser 1 Ser 2   
					Vid   
					To CS Bus in CEC or PCI   
					Thru card in channel racks   
					Serial 1   
					Serial 2   
					Server A   
					7019 7488-001   
					(CSB3-10C)   
					Remaining Servers   
					7019 7488-002   
					(CSB3-15C)   
					0627A   
					Figure 6–2. VX1305 Server CS Bus Cable Connection   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–9   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1505 Servers   
					VX1505 Servers   
					Note: This configuration guide lists the basic features and options offered with   
					VX1505 servers. The VX1505 servers supports Windows NT. Your Unisys   
					representative can provide details on server options available beyond those   
					documented here.   
					VX1505 Basic Features   
					• 
					One to ten servers (Five maximum per domain)   
					− 
					− 
					VX1505-BSE (server A: server position 1)   
					VX1505-BSU (server B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, or J: server positions 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,   
					or 10)   
					• 
					• 
					One to four 500- or 550-Mhz processors per server (all processor within a server must   
					be the same style)   
					One memory card per server   
					− 
					Up to maximum of 4-GB or 8-GB in the server depending on memory style used.   
					Select from 128-MB or 256-MB DIMM sets. Memory styles can not be intermixed.   
					Expanding to 8-GB requires special styles. See server specifications.   
					• 
					• 
					PCI/ISA architecture   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					One ISA   
					Six PCI   
					One shared ISA/PCI card slot   
					Dedicated peripheral devices, per server:   
					− 
					− 
					− 
					Two hot docking 3.5-inch bays for 9-GB SCSI disks.   
					One CD-ROM drive   
					One 1.44 MB 3.5-inch diskette drive   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Optional redundant hot-swap power supply   
					Redundant hot-swap cooling fan   
					Connection and user access packages depending on client requirements   
					Table 6–8 lists the standard features provided with the VX1505-BSE/-BSU packages.   
					Additional processors, additional memory, connection packages, and user access   
					components must be ordered separately.   
					Figure 6–8 provides a road map for ordering VX1505 servers. The remainder of this   
					subsection describes the server contents.   
					6–10   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1505 Servers   
					Table 6–8. Basic Features, VX1505 Servers   
					VX1505   
					Servers4   
					Processors   
					Memory4   
					10/100   
					Mbps LAN 1.44-MB   
					Interface   
					3.5-Inch   
					CD-ROM   
					Drive   
					DAT   
					Tape   
					Drive7   
					RAID   
					9-GB   
					2,3,8   
					Floppy   
					Hard Disk Drives5   
					Disk Drive   
					Min.   
					0.5-MB   
					Max.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Max.   
					Per Server1,6,7   
					1 to 4   
					8-GB   
					2 
					1 
					1 
					0 
					2 
					2 
					Notes:   
					1. VX1505-BSE includes the basic components listed in Table 6–10. VX1505-BSU contains the   
					same basic components.   
					2. VX1505-BSE/-BSU orders required the selection of 1 to 4 of the following:   
					XER2450-512   
					XER2450-1MB   
					XER2450-2MB   
					XEO3500-512   
					XEO3500-1MB   
					XEO3500-2MB   
					XEO3550-512   
					XEO3550-1MB   
					XEO3550-2MB   
					See Table 6-11   
					Pentium II Xeon CPU, 450-Mhz, 512KB cache   
					Pentium II Xeon CPU, 450-Mhz, 1MB cache   
					Pentium II Xeon CPU, 450-Mhz, 2MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 500-Mhz, 512KB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 500-Mhz, 1MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 500-Mhz, 2MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 512KB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 1MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 2MB cache   
					3. All processors with a VX15xx server must be the same style.   
					4. All VX1505-BSE orders require the selection of the following memory styles (Quantity ordered   
					must be in increments of four (32 total) and the same type):   
					DIM5072-128   
					128MB Memory, EDO, 50ns DIMMs (32 maximum, including   
					initial)=4.0GB   
					DIM5072-256   
					256MB Memory, EDO, 50ns DIMMs (32 maximum, including   
					initial)=8.0GB   
					5. Two 9-GB hard disk drives are included with each VX1505-BSE/-BSU package. No additional   
					drive can be added.   
					6. A connection package (Table 6-13), optional user access components (Table 6-14), optional   
					PCT Thru card and software package must be ordered separately.   
					7. A tape is recommended for back-up. Order the following styles if desired:   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					EXD221-SXR   
					CBL2210-OSM   
					12 GB DAT Tape Drive (Qty. 1)   
					Tape Drawer (Qty. 1. Drawer will accommodate 2 tapes)   
					10 foot SCSI Interface Cable (Qty. 1. Cable is used between the   
					tape and server RAID adapter.)   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					IEC320 Rack to Rack Power Cord (Qty. 1)   
					8. One or more voltage regulators, style XEO24001-VRM, are required dependent upon the   
					number of processors installed. A processor terminator, style XER2400-TRM, is required for   
					each unused processor slot. See Table 6-9.   
					9. For additional features and enhancement options, reference server specifications   
					10. For optional hot-swap redundant power supply order component style QR2000101-RPS   
					(Qty. 1)   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–11   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1505 Servers   
					Table 6–9. VX1505-BSE Processor Requirements   
					No. of Installed   
					Processors   
					VRMs   
					Required   
					Terminators   
					Required   
					Notes   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					2 
					3 
					2 
					1 
					0 
					1st processor requires 2 VRMs.   
					3 terminators are required (XER2400-TRM)   
					3 
					5 
					6 
					2nd processor requires 1 additional VRM.   
					2 terminators are required (XER2400-TRM)   
					3rd processor requires 2 additional VRMs.   
					1 terminator is required (XER2400-TRM)   
					4th processor requires 1 additional VRM.   
					No terminator is required (XER2400-TRM)   
					Server Components   
					This subsection provides ordering information for VX1505-BSE/-BSU server components   
					Orders for server A (server position 1) must include the following:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					VX1505-BSE (Table 6-10) and optional redundant power supply   
					Processors, if any (Table 6–11)   
					Memory packages (Table 6–12)   
					Connection package (Table 6–13) and optional PCI Thru card   
					Optional: User access components (Table 6–14)   
					Orders for server B to J (server positions 2 to 10) must include:   
					• 
					• 
					VX1505-BSU (Same contents as VX1505-BSE, Table 6-10)   
					Same selections as for VX1505-BSE (Table 6–11 through Table 6–15)   
					Note: Up to five servers per domain; up to ten servers per dual domain system.   
					See Figure 6–3 for a road map on ordering VX1505 servers.   
					6–12   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1505 Servers   
					Server A   
					Server B   
					(Required)   
					(Optional)   
					QTY. 1   
					QTY. 1   
					Server   
					A 
					Server B   
					VX1505-BSU   
					VX1505-BSE   
					Qty. 1 - 4   
					Qty. 1 - 4   
					XER2450-512   
					XER2450-1MB   
					450 MHZ, 512K Cache   
					XER2450-512   
					XER2450-1MB   
					XER2450-2MB   
					XEO3500-512   
					450 MHZ, 512K Cache   
					450 MHZ, 1MB Cache   
					450 MHZ, 2 MB Cache   
					500 MHZ, 512K Cache   
					450 MHZ, 1MB Cache   
					450 MHZ, 2 MB Cache   
					500 MHZ, 512K Cache   
					XER2450-2MB   
					XEO3500-512   
					XEO3500-1MB   
					XEO3500-2MB   
					500 MHZ, 1MB Cache   
					500 MHZ, 2MB Cache   
					XEO3500-1MB   
					XEO3500-2MB   
					XEO3550-512   
					500 MHZ, 1MB Cache   
					500 MHZ, 2MB Cache   
					Processors   
					Processors   
					XEO3550-512   
					550 MHZ, 512K Cache   
					550 MHZ, 512K Cache   
					XEO3550-1MB   
					XEO3550-2MB   
					XEO3550-1MB   
					XEO3550-2MB   
					550 MHZ, 1MB Cache   
					550 MHZ, 2MB Cache   
					550 MHZ, 1MB Cache   
					550 MHZ, 2MB Cache   
					Qty. 4 - 32 (in sets of 4)   
					Must be same type   
					Qty. 4 - 32 (in sets of 4)   
					Must be same type   
					Memory   
					Memory   
					DIM5072-128   
					DIM5072-256   
					1X128 MB DIMM   
					1X256 MB DIMM   
					DIM5072-128   
					DIM5072-256   
					1X128 MB DIMM   
					1X256 MB DIMM   
					Qty. 0 - 3   
					Qty. 0 - 3   
					Processor   
					Terminators   
					Processor   
					Terminators   
					Order Terminator Style XER2400-TRM for   
					each unused processor slot.   
					Order Terminator Style XER2400-TRM for   
					each unused processor slot.   
					Qty. 2 - 6   
					Qty. 2 - 6   
					If (1) Processor order 2xXEO24001-VRM   
					If (2) Processors order 3xXEO24001-VRM   
					If (3) Processors order 5xXEO24001-VRM   
					If (4) Processors order 6xXEO24001-VRM   
					If (1) Processor order 2xXEO24001-VRM   
					If (2) Processors order 3xXEO24001-VRM   
					If (3) Processors order 5xXEO24001-VRM   
					If (4) Processors order 6xXEO24001-VRM   
					Processor   
					Voltage   
					Regulators   
					Processor   
					Voltage   
					Regulators   
					Qty. 0 - 1   
					Qty. 0 - 1   
					Optional   
					Redundant   
					Power Supply   
					Optional   
					Redundant   
					Power Supply   
					QR2000101-RPS   
					QR2000101-RPS   
					0717   
					Next Page   
					Next Page   
					Figure 6–3. Road Map for Ordering VX1505 Servers   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–13   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1505 Servers   
					From Previous   
					Page   
					From Previous   
					Page   
					Select   
					Select   
					Connection   
					Package   
					Connection   
					Package   
					NX5820-1NT   
					NXU5810-NT   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCI3-FTH   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCI3-FTH   
					PCI Thru   
					Card   
					PCI Thru   
					Card   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					VX4000-CP3   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					VX4000-CP3   
					User Access   
					Component   
					User Access   
					Component   
					Select one   
					Select one   
					NXS840-EEX US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					NXS840-EEU US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					NT   
					Software   
					NXS840-ESX International Single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					NXS840-ESU International Single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					NT   
					Software   
					NXS840-EJX Japanese Double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					NXS840-EJU Japanese Double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					EXD221-SXR   
					CBL2210-OSM   
					12GB Tape   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					EXD221-SXR   
					CBL2210-OSM   
					12GB Tape   
					Optional   
					Tape   
					Backup   
					Optional   
					Tape   
					Backup   
					Tape Drawer (2U)   
					10 ft SCSI Cable   
					Power Cord   
					Tape Drawer (2U)   
					10 ft SCSI Cable   
					Power Cord   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					0716   
					Figure 6–3. Road Map for Ordering VX1505 Servers (Cont.)   
					Basic Server Components and Optional Redundant Power Supply   
					Table 6–10 lists components included with the VX1505-BSE and VX1505-BSU servers.   
					For optional hot-swap redundant power supply order component style QR2000101-RPS.   
					Table 6–10. VX1505-BSE/-BSU Basic Components   
					Component Style   
					Name   
					Description   
					Qty   
					CDR1740-SI   
					17-40X SCSI CD-ROM   
					QR/2 FOR NT   
					OPERATING KIT   
					Z-BOX QUAD 10 SLOT   
					FILE MGT: EX ANALYSIS.MRC   
					FILE MGT: ES INTALL MGR   
					FILE MGT: UNISYS AGENTS   
					FILE MGT: CA FRAMEWORK   
					INTEL 10/100 NETWORK ADAPTER   
					9-GB SCSI HDD SCA   
					BATTERY BACKUP MODULE   
					CTRL: AMI MegaRAID   
					16-MB CACHE MEMORY   
					ClearPath Server Application   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					ESR204151-LBN   
					ESR204151-OK1   
					ESR204151-Z   
					ESS2000-ANL   
					ESS2000-INS   
					ESS99-AGT   
					ESS99-FWK   
					ETH1010052-PCI   
					HDL917-CX1   
					RAD302-BAT   
					RAD302-PCI   
					RAD3162-MEM   
					VX1801-CPS   
					6–14   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1505 Servers   
					Processors   
					Table 6–11 lists the processor boards available for use with VX1505 servers.   
					Table 6–11. Processors, VX1505 Servers   
					Component   
					Description   
					Qty.   
					Style Number   
					Processors1   
					XER2450-512   
					XER2450-1MB   
					XER2450-2MB   
					XEO3500-512   
					XEO3500-1MB   
					XEO3500-2MB   
					XEO3550-512   
					XEO3550-1MB   
					Pentium II Xeon CPU, 450-Mhz, 512KB cache   
					Pentium II Xeon CPU, 450-Mhz, 1MB cache   
					Pentium II Xeon CPU, 450-Mhz, 2MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 500-Mhz, 512KB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 500-Mhz, 1MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 500-Mhz, 2MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 512KB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 1MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 2MB cache   
					1 to 4   
					1 to 4   
					1 to 4   
					1 to 4   
					1 to 4   
					1 to 4   
					1 to 4   
					1 to 4   
					1 to 4   
					XEO3550-2MB   
					Notes:   
					1. A total of 4 processors can be ordered. All processors within the VX1505 server must be   
					the same style..   
					Memory Packages   
					Table 6–12 lists the memory packages available for use with VX1505 servers.   
					Table 6–12. Memory Packages, VX1505 Servers   
					Style Number   
					Qty.   
					Description   
					Memory1   
					DIM5072-128   
					Total   
					of 32   
					128-MB Memory, EDO, 50ns DIMMs (32 maximum, including initial)=4.0-GB   
					DIM5072-256   
					Total   
					of 32   
					256-MB Memory, EDO, 50ns DIMMs (32 maximum, including initial)=8.0-GB   
					Notes:   
					1. Memory must be ordered in increments of four DIMMs (4 x DIM5072-128 or 4 x   
					DIM5072-256) up to a total of 32 DIMMs per server. DIMMs must be of the same type.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–15   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1505 Servers   
					Connection Packages and Optional PCI Thru Card   
					Table 6–13 list components included with the connection packages for VX1505 servers.   
					Table 6–13. Connection Package Components, VX1505 Servers   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Package Style Name   
					NX5820-1NT1 NXU5810-NT2   
					(Included with   
					Package Style)   
					CBL25-APX   
					25-FOOT CABLE ASSEMBLY   
					CSB3 15 FOOT CABLE ASSEMBLY, COAX   
					PC ASSY, CS3PCI   
					- 
					- 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					CSB3-15C   
					CSB3-PCI   
					1 
					- 
					DSH600004-TBT   
					ETH1010053-PCI   
					4-METER ETHERNET CABLE   
					INTEL 10/100 NETWORK ADAPTER   
					IEC320 “Y” POWER CORD   
					1 
					1 
					USE1936-LC7   
					Notes:   
					1. Required for single-domain systems (VX1505-BSE).   
					2. Required if optional server is ordered (VX1505-BSU).   
					In addition to the above connection package, if the server is to be connected via a PCI   
					Thru card the following optional style can be ordered:   
					Style: PCI3-FTH, PCI Thru Card (Qty. 1)   
					See Figure 6–4 and Section 5 for typical locations and connection to the server.   
					6–16   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1505 Servers   
					Optional User Access Components   
					Table 6–14 lists components included with the optional user access components package,   
					style VX4000-CP3.   
					Table 6–14. VX4000-CP3 Optional User Access Components, VX1505   
					Servers   
					Style Number   
					B25-LC   
					Qty.   
					1 
					Description   
					Line Cord (Note 1)   
					EVG2100-P   
					PCK1-EXT   
					1 
					15-Inch Monitor, Color   
					2 
					Cable M to F PS2 Keyboard EXT   
					Keyboard (Note 2)   
					PCK104-SKB   
					PWM1-PS2   
					SVG100-EXT   
					Notes:   
					1 
					1 
					2-Button Mouse   
					1 
					M to F SVGA Extension Cable   
					1. Line cord selection must be based on site location.   
					2. Language selection must be based on site location.   
					Single-Server to Multi-Server Upgrades VX1505   
					VX1505-BSU enables upgrading a single-server to a Multi-server system. VX1505-BSU   
					contains the same component styles as VX1505-BSE.   
					Note: Up to five servers per domain; up to ten servers per dual domain system.   
					Each VX1505-BSU (server B to J) order must include the following:   
					• 
					VX1505-BSU (Same contents as VX1505-BSE, Table 6–10) and optional redundant   
					power supply   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Processors, if any (Table 6–11)   
					Memory package (Table 6–12)   
					Connection package (Table 6–13) and optional PCI Thru card   
					Optional: User access components (Table 6–14)   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–17   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				VX1505 Servers   
					Configuration Guidelines VX1505   
					Table 6–15 lists guidelines for configuring VX1505 servers. Figure 6–4 shows the   
					connection from a VX1505 server to the CIOM card in the CEC module or to the PCI Thru   
					card in channel racks.   
					Table 6–15. Configuration Guidelines, VX1505 Servers   
					Area   
					Rule/Recommendation   
					See Table 6–13 for details.   
					Windows NT Connection   
					Packages   
					Processor Addition   
					Up to three CPUs may be added to a maximum of four per server. See   
					Table 6–11 for details.   
					Memory Additions   
					PCD Generation   
					See Table 6–12.   
					Refer to Appendix B of the A Series and ClearPath HMP NX Systems I/O   
					Hardware Configuration Guide (7008 6087) for information on PCD   
					generation.   
					10   
					9 
					8 
					7 
					6 
					5 
					4 
					3 
					2 
					1 
					To CS Bus in CEC or PCI   
					Thru card in channel racks   
					Server A   
					7019 7488-001   
					(CSB3-10C)   
					Remaining Servers   
					7019 7488-002   
					(CSB3-15C)   
					0617H   
					Figure 6–4. VX1505 Server CS Bus Cable Connection   
					6–18   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5085R Servers   
					ES5085R Servers   
					Basic Features   
					• 
					One to ten (Five maximum per domain)   
					ES5085R servers (Package Style ESR508151-GZN)   
					− 
					• 
					• 
					One to eight 550-Mhz processors per server (all processor within a server must be the   
					same style)   
					One or two memory card per server   
					− 
					Up to maximum 8-GB per memory card depending on memory style used (16-GB   
					per server with two memory cards). Select from 128-MB, 256-MB or 512-MB   
					DIMM sets. Memory styles can not be intermixed.   
					• 
					• 
					Requires NX Companion Package.   
					Connection and user access packages depending on client requirements   
					Table 6–16 lists the basic features provided with the ES5085R servers. Additional   
					processors, additional memory, connection packages, and user access components must   
					be ordered separately.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–19   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5085R Servers   
					Table 6–16. Basic Features, ES5085R Servers   
					ES5085R   
					Servers   
					Processors2,3   
					Memory4   
					3.5-Inch   
					1.44-MB   
					Floppy   
					CD-ROM   
					Drive   
					DAT   
					RAID   
					Hard Disk   
					Drives   
					Tape Drive7   
					Disk Drive   
					Min.   
					0.5-MB   
					Max.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Max.   
					Per Server1,5,6,8   
					1 to 8   
					16-GB   
					1 
					1 
					0 
					0 
					2 
					Notes:   
					1. Order one (1) ES5085R (Package style ESR508151-GZN) which includes a basic component   
					style ESR508151-Z server.   
					2. ES5085R orders required the selection of 1 to 8 of the following:   
					XEO3550-512   
					XEO3550-1MB   
					XEO3550-2MB   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 512KB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 1MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 2MB cache   
					3. All processors with a ES5085R server must be the same style. If more than four (4) processors   
					are ordered additional styles are required:   
					– 
					ESR81-MEZ (1)and ESR-CC4 (1)   
					4. All ES5085R orders require the selection of the following memory styles:   
					DIM6168-128   
					DIM6168-256   
					DIM6168-512   
					128-MB Memory, 6-ns, 168-PIN DIMMs (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					256-MB Memory, 6-ns, 168-PIN DIMMs (Minimum 2; 16/memory board)   
					512-MB Memory, 6-ns, 168-PIN DIMMs (Minimum 1; 16/memory board)   
					If interleaving is desired a second memory board is required with equal DIMMs (same   
					type)on each board   
					5. All ES5085R servers requires ordering one (1) of the following NT software IOE styles:   
					NXS840-EEX   
					NXS840-ESX   
					NXS840-EJX   
					US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					International, single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					Japanese double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					These styles include 25 Client Access Licenses (CALs). Additional CALs in multiples of 5   
					may be ordered using style NTS40-CAL   
					6. All initial ES5085R servers require companion style NX508151-1NT and additional ES5085R   
					servers require companion style NXU508151-NT. All companion styles also required ordering   
					style ESS508011-N, quantity 1.   
					7. A tape is recommended for back-up. Order the following styles if desired:   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					EXD221-SXR   
					CBL2210-OSM   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					12 GB DAT Tape Drive   
					Tape Drawer (one rack can service two servers)   
					10 foot SCSI Interface Cable   
					IEC320 Rack to Rack Power Cord   
					8. For connection to an UPS, order style UPS111-EXP, quantity one and one UPS interconnect   
					cable.   
					9. For additional features and enhancement options, reference server specifications   
					6–20   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5085R Servers   
					Server Components   
					This subsection provides ordering information for ES5085R server components   
					Orders for initial server A (server position 1) must include the following:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Package style ESR508151-GZN   
					Processors, if any (Table 6–17)   
					Memory packages (Table 6–18)   
					Connection package (Table 6–19) and optional PCI Thru card   
					Optional: User access components (Table 6–20)   
					Orders for additional servers B to J (server positions 2 to 10) must include:   
					• 
					• 
					Package style ESR508151-GZN   
					Same selections as for ES5085R servers(Table 6–17 through Table 6–20)   
					Note: Up to five servers per domain; up to ten servers per dual domain system.   
					See Figure 6–5 for a road map on ordering ES5085R servers.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–21   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5085R Servers   
					Initial   
					Server   
					Additional   
					Server   
					QTY. 1   
					QTY. 1   
					ES5085R Package Style   
					(ESR508151-GZN)   
					ES5085R Package Style   
					(ESR508151-GZN)   
					Qty. 1 - 8   
					Qty. 1 - 8   
					XEO3550-512   
					550 MHZ, 512K Cache   
					XEO3550-512   
					550 MHZ, 512K Cache   
					XEO3550-1MB   
					XEO3550-2MB   
					550 MHZ, 1MB Cache   
					550 MHZ, 2MB Cache   
					XEO3550-1MB   
					XEO3550-2MB   
					550 MHZ, 1MB Cache   
					550 MHZ, 2MB Cache   
					Processors   
					Processors   
					Qty. 1 - 32   
					Must be same type   
					Qty. 1 - 32   
					Must be same type   
					DIM6168-128   
					1X128 MB DIMM   
					1X256 MB DIMM   
					1X512 MB DIMM   
					DIM6168-128   
					1X128 MB DIMM   
					1X256 MB DIMM   
					1X512 MB DIMM   
					Memory   
					Memory   
					DIM6168-256   
					DIM6168-512   
					DIM6168-256   
					DIM6168-512   
					Select   
					Select   
					Connection   
					Connection   
					Package   
					Package   
					NX508151-1NT   
					NXU508151-NT   
					Select   
					Select   
					Tools   
					Package   
					Tools   
					Package   
					ESS508011-N   
					ESS508011-N   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCI3-FTH   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCI3-FTH   
					PCI Thru   
					Card   
					PCI Thru   
					Card   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					VX4000-CP3   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					VX4000-CP3   
					User Access   
					Component   
					User Access   
					Component   
					Select one   
					Select one   
					NXS840-EEX US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					NXS840-EEX US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					NT   
					Software   
					NXS840-ESX International Single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					NXS840-ESX International Single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					NT   
					Software   
					NXS840-EJX Japanese Double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					NXS840-EJX Japanese Double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					EXD221-SXR   
					CBL2210-OSM   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					12GB Tape   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					EXD221-SXR   
					CBL2210-OSM   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					12GB Tape   
					Optional   
					Tape   
					Backup   
					Optional   
					Tape   
					Backup   
					Tape Drawer (2U)   
					10 ft SCSI Cable   
					Power Cord   
					Tape Drawer (2U)   
					10 ft SCSI Cable   
					Power Cord   
					0845   
					Figure 6–5. Road Map for Ordering ES5085R Servers   
					6–22   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5085R Servers   
					Processors   
					Table 6–17 lists the processor boards available for use with ES5085R servers.   
					Table 6–17. Processors, ES5085R Servers   
					Component   
					Description   
					Qty.   
					Style Number   
					Processors1   
					XEO3550-512   
					XEO3550-1MB   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 512KB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 1MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon CPU, 550-Mhz, 2MB cache   
					1 to 8   
					1 to 8   
					1 to 8   
					XEO3550-2MB   
					Notes:   
					1. A total of 8 processors can be ordered. All processors within the ES5085R server must be   
					the same style.   
					Memory Packages   
					Table 6–18 lists the memory packages available for use with ES5085R servers.   
					Table 6–18. Memory Packages, ES5085R Servers   
					Style Number   
					Qty.   
					Description   
					Memory1   
					DIM6168-128   
					DIM6168-256   
					DIM6168-512   
					Notes:   
					128-MB Memory, 6-ns, 168-PIN DIMMs (Minimum 4; 16/memory   
					board)   
					Total   
					of 32   
					256-MB Memory, 6-ns, 168-PIN DIMMs (Minimum 2; 16/memory   
					board)   
					Total   
					of 32   
					512-MB Memory, 6-ns, 168-PIN DIMMs (Minimum 1; 16/memory   
					board)   
					Total   
					of 32   
					1. DIMMs must be of the same type on each board.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–23   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5085R Servers   
					Connection Packages and Optional PCI   
					Table 6–19 list components included with the connection packages for ES5085R servers.   
					Table 6–19. Connection Package Components, ES5085R Servers   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Package Style Name   
					NX508151-1NT1 NXU508151-NT2   
					(Included with   
					Package Style)   
					CBL25-APX   
					25-FOOT CABLE ASSEMBLY   
					CSB3 15 FOOT CABLE ASSEMBLY, COAX   
					PC ASSY, CS3PCI   
					- 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					CSB3-15C   
					- 
					CSB3-PCI   
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					- 
					DSH600004-TBT   
					ETH1010053-PCI   
					HDL1817-CX1   
					RAD5003-P64   
					RAD5163-MEB   
					USE1936-LC7   
					4-METER ETHERNET CABLE   
					INTEL 10/100 NETWORK ADAPTER   
					18-GB DISK   
					CONTROLLER, RAID, LVD 3CH 64-BIT   
					16-MB CACH W/BAT   
					IEC320 “Y” POWER CORD   
					ClearPath SERVER APPLICATION NT   
					VX1801-CPS   
					Notes:   
					1. Required for initial ES5085R server.   
					2. Required if optional additional ES5085R server is ordered.   
					In addition to the above connection package, if the server is to be connected via a PCI   
					Thru card the following optional style can be ordered:   
					Style: PCI3-FTH, PCI Thru Card (Qty. 1)   
					See Figure 6–6 and Section 5 for typical locations and connection to the server.   
					6–24   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5085R Servers   
					Optional User Access Components   
					Table 6–20 lists components included with the optional user access components package,   
					style VX4000-CP3.   
					Table 6–20. VX4000-CP3 Optional User Access Components, ES5085R   
					Servers   
					Style Number   
					B25-LC   
					Qty.   
					1 
					Description   
					Line Cord (Note 1)   
					EVG2100-P   
					PCK1-EXT   
					1 
					15-Inch Monitor, Color   
					2 
					Cable M to F PS2 Keyboard EXT   
					Keyboard (Note 2)   
					PCK104-SKB   
					PWM1-PS2   
					SVG100-EXT   
					Notes:   
					1 
					1 
					2-Button Mouse   
					1 
					M to F SVGA Extension Cable   
					1. Line cord selection must be based on site location.   
					2. Language selection must be based on site location.   
					Configuration Guidelines ES5085R   
					Figure 6–6 shows the connection from a ES5085R server to the CIOM card in the CEC   
					module or to the PCI Thru card in channel racks.   
					10   
					9 
					8 
					7 
					6 
					5 
					4 
					3 
					2 
					1 
					To CS Bus in CEC or PCI   
					Thru card in channel racks   
					Server A   
					7019 7488-001   
					(CSB3-10C)   
					Remaining Servers   
					7019 7488-002   
					(CSB3-15C)   
					0617H   
					Figure 6–6. ES5085R Server CS Bus Cable Connection   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–25   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES2024R Servers   
					ES2024R Servers   
					Basic Features   
					• 
					One to ten (Five maximum per domain)   
					ES2024R servers (Package Style ESR202141-GZN)   
					− 
					• 
					• 
					One or two processors per server (all processor within a server must be the same   
					style)   
					One or two memory card per server   
					− 
					Up to maximum 8-GB per memory card depending on memory style used (16-GB   
					per server with two memory cards). Select from 128-MB, 256-MB or 512-MB   
					DIMM sets. If interleaving is desired, a second memory board is required and   
					memory styles can not be intermixed.   
					• 
					• 
					Requires NX Companion Package.   
					Connection and user access packages depending on client requirements   
					Table 6–21 lists the basic features provided with the ES2024R servers. Additional   
					processors, additional memory, connection packages, and user access components must   
					be ordered separately.   
					6–26   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES2024R Servers   
					Table 6–21. Basic Features, ES2024R Servers   
					ES2024R   
					Servers   
					Processors2   
					Memory3   
					3.5-Inch   
					1.44-MB   
					Floppy   
					CD-ROM   
					Drive   
					DAT   
					RAID   
					Hard Disk   
					Drives   
					Tape Drive5   
					Disk Drive   
					Min.   
					0.5-MB   
					Max.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Max.   
					Per Server1,4,6   
					1 to 2   
					16-GB   
					1 
					1 
					0 
					2 
					6 
					Notes:   
					1. Order one (1) ES2024R (Package style ESR202141-GZN).   
					2. ES2024R orders required the selection of 1 or 2 of the following:   
					CPU3667133-256   
					CPU3733133-256   
					CPU3800133-256   
					CPU3866133-256   
					Pentium III CPU, 667-Mhz, 256 OD/133 FSB   
					Pentium III CPU, 733-Mhz, 256 OD/133 FSB   
					Pentium III CPU, 800-Mhz, 256 OD/133 FSB   
					Pentium III CPU, 866-Mhz, 256 OD/133 FSB   
					When two processors are desired style VRM3-83 must also be ordered   
					3. All ES2024R orders require the selection of the following memory styles:   
					DIM3368-128   
					DIM3368-256   
					DIM3368-512   
					128-MB Memory, SDRAM, PC133-ECC, REGISTERED (order quantity min. 1, max 4)   
					256-MB Memory, SDRAM, PC133-ECC, REGISTERED (order quantity min. 1, max 4)   
					512-MB Memory, SDRAM, PC133-ECC, REGISTERED (order quantity min. 1, max 4)   
					Memory types can be mixed   
					4. All ES2024R servers requires ordering one (1) of the following NT software IOE styles:   
					For NT:   
					NXS840-EEX   
					NXS840-ESX   
					NXS840-EJX   
					US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					International, single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					Japanese double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					These styles include 25 Client Access Licenses (CALs). Additional CALs in multiples of 5 may   
					be ordered using style NTS40-CAL   
					For Windows 2000:   
					NXS4405-AEX   
					NXS4405-ASX   
					NXS4405-ADX   
					NXS4405-AJX   
					IOE:WIN2K ADV. SERVER 1-4 US/CAN   
					IOE:WIN2K ADV. SERVER SINGLE BYTE 1-4   
					IOE:WIN2K ADV. SERVER DOUBLE BYTE 1-4   
					IOE:WIN2K ADV. SERVER JAPAN 1-4   
					5. A tape is recommended for back-up. Order the following styles if desired:   
					ADP69501-FTF   
					CBL321-SFR   
					SCSI WIDE TO NARROW ADAPTER   
					INTERFACE CABLE   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					TRM6811-LVD   
					12-GB DAT TAPE DRIVE   
					TERMINATOR   
					6. For connection to an UPS, order style UPS111-EXP, quantity one and one UPS interconnect   
					cable.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–27   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES2024R Servers   
					Server Components   
					This subsection provides ordering information for ES2024R server components   
					Orders for initial server A (server position 1) must include the following:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Package style ESR502141-GZN   
					Processors, if any (Table 6–22)   
					Memory packages (Table 6–23)   
					Connection package (Table 6–24) and optional PCI Thru card   
					Optional: User access components (Table 6–25)   
					Orders for additional servers B to J (server positions 2 to 10) must include:   
					• 
					• 
					Package style ESR202141-GZN   
					Same selections as for ES2024R servers(Table 6–22 through Table 6–25)   
					Note: Up to five servers per domain; up to ten servers per dual domain system.   
					See Figure 6–7 for a road map on ordering ES2024R servers.   
					6–28   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES2024R Servers   
					Initial   
					Server   
					Additional   
					Server   
					QTY. 1   
					QTY. 1   
					ES2024R Package Style   
					(ESR202141-GZN)   
					ES2024R Package Style   
					(ESR202141-GZN)   
					Qty. 1 - 2   
					Qty. 1 - 2   
					CPU3667133-256   
					667 MHZ, 256OD/133FSB   
					733 MHZ, 256OD/133FSB   
					CPU3667133-256   
					667 MHZ, 256OD/133FSB   
					CPU3733133-256   
					CPU3800133-256   
					CPU3866133-256   
					CPU3733133-256   
					CPU3800133-256   
					CPU3866133-256   
					733 MHZ, 256OD/133FSB   
					800 MHZ, 256OD/133FSB   
					866 MHZ, 256OD/133FSB   
					Processors   
					800 MHZ, 256OD/133FSB   
					866 MHZ, 256OD/133FSB   
					Processors   
					Qty. 1 - 32   
					Must be same type   
					Qty. 1 - 32   
					Must be same type   
					DIM13368-128   
					1X128 MB DIMM   
					1X256 MB DIMM   
					1X512 MB DIMM   
					DIM13368-128   
					1X128 MB DIMM   
					1X256 MB DIMM   
					1X512 MB DIMM   
					Memory   
					Memory   
					DIM13368-256   
					DIM13368-512   
					DIM13368-256   
					DIM13368-512   
					Select   
					Select   
					Connection   
					Connection   
					Package   
					Package   
					NX502141-1NT   
					NXU502141-NT   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCI3-FTH   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCI3-FTH   
					PCI Thru   
					Card   
					PCI Thru   
					Card   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					VX4000-CP3   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					VX4000-CP3   
					User Access   
					Component   
					User Access   
					Component   
					Select one   
					Select one   
					NXS840-EEX US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					NXS840-ESX   
					NXS840-EEX US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					NT   
					Software   
					NXS840-ESX   
					NT   
					Software   
					International Single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					International Single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					NXS840-EJX Japanese Double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					NXS840-EJX Japanese Double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					ADP69501-FTF   
					CBL321-SFR   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					SCSI Wide to Narrow Adapter   
					Interface Cable   
					12-GB DAT Tape Drive   
					ADP69501-FTF   
					CBL321-SFR   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					SCSI Wide to Narrow Adapter   
					Interface Cable   
					12-GB DAT Tape Drive   
					Optional   
					Tape   
					Backup   
					Optional   
					Tape   
					Backup   
					TRM6811-LVD   
					Terminator   
					TRM6811-LVD   
					Terminator   
					0957   
					Figure 6–7. Road Map for Ordering ES2024R Servers   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–29   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES2024R Servers   
					Processors   
					Table 6–22 lists the processor boards available for use with ES2024R servers.   
					Table 6–22. Processors, ES2024R Servers   
					Component Style   
					Number   
					Description   
					Qty.   
					Processors1   
					CPU3667133-256   
					CPU3733133-256   
					CPU3800133-256   
					CPU3866133-256   
					Notes:   
					Pentium III CPU, 667-Mhz, 256 OD/133 FSB   
					1 to 2   
					1 to 2   
					1 to 2   
					1 to 2   
					Pentium III CPU, 733-Mhz, 256 OD/133 FSB   
					Pentium III CPU, 800-Mhz, 256 OD/133 FSB   
					Pentium III CPU, 866-Mhz, 256 OD/133 FSB   
					1. A total of 2 processors can be ordered. All processors within the ES2024R server must be   
					the same style.   
					Memory Packages   
					Table 6–23 lists the memory packages available for use with ES2024R servers.   
					Table 6–23. Memory Packages, ES2024R Servers   
					Style Number   
					Qty.   
					Description   
					Memory1   
					DIM13368-128   
					DIM13368-256   
					DIM13368-512   
					Notes:   
					128-MB Memory, PC133-ECC (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					256-MB Memory, PC133-ECC (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					512-MB Memory, PC133-ECC (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					Total   
					of 32   
					Total   
					of 32   
					Total   
					of 32   
					1. Memory must be of the same type on each board.   
					6–30   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES2024R Servers   
					Connection Packages and Optional PCI   
					Table 6–24 list components included with the connection packages for ES2024R servers.   
					Table 6–24. Connection Package Components, ES2024R Servers   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Package Style Name   
					NX502141-1NT1 NXU502141-NT2   
					(Included with   
					Package Style)   
					CBL25-APX   
					25-FOOT CABLE ASSEMBLY   
					CSB3 15 FOOT CABLE ASSEMBLY, COAX   
					PC ASSY, CS3PCI   
					- 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					3 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					CSB3-15C   
					- 
					CSB3-PCI   
					1 
					2 
					- 
					DSH600004-TBT   
					ES202141-PS   
					ES2024-18G   
					ETH1010052-PCI   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					RAD5003-P64   
					RAD5163-MEB   
					4-METER ETHERNET CABLE   
					POWER:250 WATT HOT PLUG (REDUNDANT)   
					18-GB DRIVE/ESR2024   
					2 
					1 
					3 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					INTEL 10/100 NETWORK ADAPTER   
					OSM POWER CORD   
					CONTROLLER, RAID, LVD 3CH 64-BIT   
					16-MB CACH W/BAT   
					VX1801-CPS   
					ClearPath SERVER APPLICATION NT   
					Notes:   
					1. Required for initial ES2024R server.   
					2. Required if optional additional ES2024R server is ordered.   
					In addition to the above connection package, if the server is to be connected via a PCI   
					Thru card the following optional style can be ordered:   
					Style: PCI3-FTH, PCI Thru Card (Qty. 1)   
					See Figure 6–8 and Section 5 for typical locations and connection to the server.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–31   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES2024R Servers   
					Optional User Access Components   
					Table 6–25 lists components included with the optional user access components package,   
					style VX4000-CP3.   
					Table 6–25. VX4000-CP3 Optional User Access Components, ES2024R   
					Servers   
					Style Number   
					B25-LC   
					Qty.   
					1 
					Description   
					Line Cord (Note 1)   
					EVG2100-P   
					PCK1-EXT   
					1 
					15-Inch Monitor, Color   
					2 
					Cable M to F PS2 Keyboard EXT   
					Keyboard (Note 2)   
					PCK104-SKB   
					PWM1-PS2   
					SVG100-EXT   
					Notes:   
					1 
					1 
					2-Button Mouse   
					1 
					M to F SVGA Extension Cable   
					1. Line cord selection must be based on site location.   
					2. Language selection must be based on site location.   
					Configuration Guidelines ES2024R   
					Figure 6–8 shows the connection from a ES5044R server to the CIOM card in the CEC   
					module or to the PCI Thru card in channel racks.   
					Mgnt   
					M 
					LAN   
					Video   
					Printer   
					K 
					To CS Bus in CEC or PCI   
					Thru card in channel racks   
					Server A   
					7019 7488-000 7019 7488-002   
					(CSB3-5C)   
					(CSB3-15C)   
					Remaining Servers   
					0905   
					Figure 6–8. ES2024R Server CS Bus Cable Connection   
					6–32   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5044R Servers   
					ES5044R Servers   
					Basic Features   
					• 
					One to ten (Five maximum per domain)   
					ES5044R servers (Package Style ESR504141-GZN)   
					− 
					• 
					• 
					One or four processors per server (all processor within a server must be the same   
					style)   
					One or two memory card per server   
					− 
					Up to maximum 8-GB per memory card depending on memory style used (16-GB   
					per server with two memory cards). Select from 128-MB, 256-MB or 512-MB   
					DIMM sets. If interleaving is desired, a second memory board is required and   
					memory styles can not be intermixed.   
					• 
					• 
					Requires NX Companion Package.   
					Connection and user access packages depending on client requirements   
					Table 6–26 lists the basic features provided with the ES5044R servers. Additional   
					processors, additional memory, connection packages, and user access components must   
					be ordered separately.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–33   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5044R Servers   
					Table 6–26. Basic Features, ES5044R Servers   
					ES5044R   
					Servers   
					Processors2,3   
					Memory4   
					3.5-Inch   
					1.44-MB   
					Floppy   
					CD-ROM   
					Drive   
					DAT   
					RAID   
					Hard Disk   
					Drives   
					Tape Drive7   
					Disk Drive   
					Min.   
					256-MB   
					Max.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Std.   
					Max.   
					Per Server1,5,6,8   
					1 to 4   
					8-GB   
					1 
					1 
					0 
					2 
					2 
					Notes:   
					1. Order one (1) ES5044R (Package style ESR504141-GZN).   
					2. ES5044R orders required the selection of 1 to 4 of the following:   
					XEO37001-1MB   
					XEO37001-2MB   
					XEO38001-2MB   
					Pentium III Xeon 700 MHz CPU, 1MB cache   
					Pentium III Xeon 700 MHz CPU, 2MB, cache   
					Pentium III Xeon 800 MHz CPU, 2MB, cache   
					3. All processors with a ES5044R server must be the same style. For 2 to 4 processors, order   
					XEO37001-VRM (1 per processor). XEO37001-TRM terminator must be ordered for each   
					unused processor slot.   
					4. All ES5044R orders require the selection of the following memory styles:   
					DIM10068-64   
					DIM10068-128   
					DIM10068-256   
					DIM10068-512   
					64-MB Memory, PC100 DIMMs (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					128-MB Memory, PC100 DIMMs (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					256-MB Memory, PC100 DIMMs (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					512-MB Memory, PC100 DIMMs (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					If interleaving is desired a second memory board is required with equal DIMMs (same   
					type)on each board   
					5. All ES5044R servers requires ordering one (1) of the following software styles:   
					For NT:   
					NXS840-EEX   
					NXS840-ESX   
					NXS840-EJX   
					US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					International, single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					Japanese double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					For Windows 2000:   
					NXS4405-AEX   
					NXS4405-ASX   
					NXS4405-ADX   
					NXS4405-AJX   
					IOE:WIN2K ADV. SERVER 1-4 US/CAN   
					IOE:WIN2K ADV. SERVER SINGLE BYTE 1-4   
					IOE:WIN2K ADV. SERVER DOUBLE BYTE 1-4   
					IOE:WIN2K ADV. SERVER JAPAN 1-4   
					6. All initial ES5044R servers require companion style NX502141-1NT and additional ES5044R   
					servers require companion style NXU502141-NT.   
					7. A tape is recommended for back-up. Order the following styles if desired:   
					ADP69501-FTF   
					CBL321-SFR   
					SCSI wide to narrow adapter   
					Interface Cable   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					TRM6811-LVD   
					12 GB DAT Tape Drive   
					Terminator   
					8. For connection to an UPS, order style UPS111-EXP, quantity one and one UPS interconnect   
					cable.   
					9. For additional features and enhancement options, reference server specifications   
					6–34   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5044R Servers   
					Server Components   
					This subsection provides ordering information for ES5044R server components   
					Orders for initial server A (server position 1) must include the following:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Package style ESR504141-GZN   
					Processors, if any (Table 6–27)   
					Memory packages (Table 6–28)   
					Connection package (Table 6–29) and optional PCI Thru card   
					Optional: User access components (Table 6–30)   
					Orders for additional servers B to J (server positions 2 to 10) must include:   
					• 
					• 
					Package style ESR504141-GZN   
					Same selections as for ES5044R servers(Table 6–27 through Table 6–30)   
					Note: Up to five servers per domain; up to ten servers per dual domain system.   
					See Figure 6–9 for a road map on ordering ES5044R servers.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–35   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5044R Servers   
					Initial   
					Server   
					Additional   
					Server   
					QTY. 1   
					QTY. 1   
					ES5044R Package Style   
					(ESR504141-GZN)   
					ES5044R Package Style   
					(ESR504141-GZN)   
					Qty. 1 - 4   
					Qty. 1 - 4   
					XEO37001-1MB   
					700 MHZ, 1MB Cache   
					700 MHZ, 2MB Cache   
					800 MHZ, 2MB Cache   
					XEO37001-1MB   
					700 MHZ, 1MB Cache   
					700 MHZ, 2MB Cache   
					800 MHZ, 2MB Cache   
					XEO37001-2MB   
					XEO38001-2MB   
					XEO37001-2MB   
					XEO38001-2MB   
					Processors   
					Processors   
					QTY. 0 - 3   
					QTY. 0 - 3   
					Voltage   
					Regulator   
					Voltage   
					Regulator   
					XEO37001-VRM   
					XEO37001-VRM   
					QTY. 0 - 3   
					QTY. 0 - 3   
					Terminator   
					Terminator   
					XEO37001-TRM   
					XEO37001-TRM   
					Qty. 1 - 16   
					Must be same type   
					Qty. 1 - 16   
					Must be same type   
					DIM10068-64   
					1X64 MB DIMM   
					1X128 MB DIMM   
					1X256 MB DIMM   
					1X512 MB DIMM   
					DIM10068-64   
					1X64 MB DIMM   
					1X128 MB DIMM   
					1X256 MB DIMM   
					1X512 MB DIMM   
					Memory   
					Memory   
					DIM10068-128   
					DIM10068-256   
					DIM10068-512   
					DIM10068-128   
					DIM10068-256   
					DIM10068-512   
					Select   
					Select   
					Connection   
					Connection   
					Package   
					Package   
					NX504141-1NT   
					NXU504141-NT   
					Select   
					Select   
					Tools   
					Package   
					Tools   
					Package   
					ESS508011-N   
					ESS508011-N   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCI3-FTH   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					PCI3-FTH   
					PCI Thru   
					Card   
					PCI Thru   
					Card   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					VX4000-CP3   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					VX4000-CP3   
					User Access   
					Component   
					User Access   
					Component   
					Select one   
					Select one   
					For NT:   
					NXS840-EEX US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					For NT:   
					NXS840-EEX US/Canada (contains NTE4008-L)   
					NXS840-ESX   
					NXS840-ESX   
					International Single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					International Single byte (contains NTE4008-LIS, 8-bit)   
					Software   
					Software   
					NXS840-EJX Japanese Double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					NXS840-EJX Japanese Double byte (contains Windows NTE4008-LIJ, 16-bit)   
					For Windows 2000:   
					For Windows 2000:   
					NXS4405-AEX   
					NXS4405-ASX   
					NXS4405-ADX   
					NXS4405-AJX   
					WIN2K ADV. SERVER 1-4 US/CANADA   
					NXS4405-AEX   
					NXS4405-ASX   
					NXS4405-ADX   
					NXS4405-AJX   
					WIN2K ADV. SERVER 1-4 US/CANADA   
					Single Byte 1-4   
					Double Byte 1-4   
					JAPAN 1-4   
					Single Byte 1-4   
					Double Byte 1-4   
					JAPAN 1-4   
					WIN2K ADV. SERVER   
					WIN2K ADV. SERVER   
					WIN2K ADV. SERVER   
					WIN2K ADV. SERVER   
					WIN2K ADV. SERVER   
					WIN2K ADV. SERVER   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					Optional: Qty 1   
					Optional   
					Tape   
					Backup   
					ADP69501-FTF   
					CBL321-SFR   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					TRM6811-LVD   
					SCSI Wide to Narrow Adapter   
					Interface Cable   
					12-GB DAT Tape Drive   
					Terminator   
					ADP69501-FTF   
					CBL321-SFR   
					PCT12000-DAT   
					TRM6811-LVD   
					SCSI Wide to Narrow Adapter   
					Interface Cable   
					12-GB DAT Tape Drive   
					Terminator   
					Optional   
					Tape   
					Backup   
					0958   
					Figure 6–9. Road Map for Ordering ES5044R Servers   
					6–36   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5044R Servers   
					Processors   
					Table 6–27 lists the processor boards available for use with ES5044R servers.   
					Table 6–27. Processors, ES5044R Servers   
					Component Style   
					Number   
					Description   
					Qty.   
					Processors1,2   
					XEO37001-1MB   
					XEO37001-2MB   
					XEO38001-2MB   
					Notes:   
					Pentium III Xeon 700 MHz, 1MB cache   
					1 to 4   
					1 to 4   
					1 to 4   
					Pentium III Xeon 700 MHz, 2MB, cache   
					Pentium III Xeon 800 MHz, 2MB, cache   
					1. A total of 4 processors can be ordered. All processors within the ES5044R server must be   
					the same style.   
					2. XEO37001-VRM must be ordered for second to fourth processor (one per processor).   
					XEO37001-TRM MUST be ordered for any unused processor slots.   
					Memory Packages   
					Table 6–28 lists the memory packages available for use with ES5044R servers.   
					Table 6–28. Memory Packages, ES5044R Servers   
					Style Number   
					Qty.   
					Description   
					Memory1   
					DIM10068-64   
					DIM10068-128   
					DIM10068-256   
					DIM10068-512   
					Notes:   
					64MB SDRAM, PC100 DIMMs (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					128MB SDRAM, PC100 DIMMs (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					512 MB SDRAM, PC100 DIMMs (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					512 MB SDRAM, PC100 DIMMs (Minimum 4; 16/memory board)   
					Total   
					of 16   
					Total   
					of 16   
					Total   
					of 16   
					Total   
					of 16   
					1. Memory must be of the same type on each board.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–37   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5044R Servers   
					Connection Packages and Optional PCI   
					Table 6–29 list components included with the connection packages for ES5044R servers.   
					Table 6–29. Connection Package Components, ES5044R Servers   
					Component Style   
					Description   
					Package Style Name   
					(Included with   
					Package Style)   
					NX504141-1NT1   
					NXU504141-NT2   
					CBL23341-F3   
					CBL25-APX   
					ACC:INT U/WIDE 40IN SCSI   
					25-FOOT CABLE ASSEMBLY   
					CSBIII 15 FOOT CABLE ASSEMBLY, COAX   
					PC ASSY, CS3PCI   
					2 
					- 
					2 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					2 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					3 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					CSB3-15C   
					- 
					CSB3-PCI   
					1 
					1 
					2 
					1 
					2 
					3 
					1 
					1 
					1 
					DSH600004-TBT   
					ES204410-HBP   
					ETH1010052-PCI   
					HDM18110-C   
					OSM1000-PRC   
					RAD5003-P64   
					RAD5163-MEB   
					4-METER ETHERNET CABLE   
					HOTSWAP BK PLANE 1”   
					INTEL 10/100 NETWORK ADAPTER   
					18GB 10K LVD SCA W/RAILS   
					OSM POWER CORD   
					CONTROLLER, RAID, LVD 3CH 64-BIT   
					16-MB CACH W/BAT   
					VX1801-CPS   
					ClearPath SERVER APPLICATION NT   
					Notes:   
					1. Required for initial ES5044R server.   
					2. Required if optional additional ES5044R server is ordered.   
					In addition to the above connection package, if the server is to be connected via a PCI   
					Thru card the following optional style can be ordered:   
					Style: PCI3-FTH, PCI Thru Card (Qty. 1)   
					See Figure 6–10 and Section 5 for typical locations and connection to the server.   
					6–38   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				ES5044R Servers   
					Optional User Access Components   
					Table 6–30 lists components included with the optional user access components package,   
					style VX4000-CP3.   
					Table 6–30. VX4000-CP3 Optional User Access Components, ES5044R   
					Servers   
					Style Number   
					B25-LC   
					Qty.   
					1 
					Description   
					Line Cord (Note 1)   
					EVG2100-P   
					PCK1-EXT   
					1 
					15-Inch Monitor, Color   
					2 
					Cable M to F PS2 Keyboard EXT   
					Keyboard (Note 2)   
					PCK104-SKB   
					PWM1-PS2   
					SVG100-EXT   
					Notes:   
					1 
					1 
					2-Button Mouse   
					1 
					M to F SVGA Extension Cable   
					1. Line cord selection must be based on site location.   
					2. Language selection must be based on site location.   
					Configuration Guidelines ES5044R   
					Figure 6–10 shows the connection from a ES5044R server to the CIOM card in the CEC   
					module or to the PCI Thru card in channel racks.   
					To CS Bus in CEC or PCI   
					Thru card in channel racks   
					Server A   
					7019 7488-000   
					(CSB3-5C)   
					Remaining Servers   
					7019 7488-002   
					(CSB3-15C)   
					0918   
					Figure 6–10. ES5044R Server CS Bus Cable Connection   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–39   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public Switching LAN   
					Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public   
					Switching LAN   
					Tables 6–31 and 6–32 show the assignment for a single domain system with one or two   
					switching LANs, respectively.   
					Table 6–31. Configuring Single Domain Maintenance Hub and One Switching LAN   
					Private Maintenance Hub A (Net Gear EN516)   
					Port   
					Destination   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					SCP Console A   
					NT Server A   
					NT Server C   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server G   
					NT Server I   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					MAINTLAN Domain 0 – Port 0   
					Reserved for Redundant Hub B   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Using Public Switching LAN A (Bay Network 350 T)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					NT Server A   
					NT Server C   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server G   
					NT Server I   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 0   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 1   
					Reserved for Redundant Public Switching LAN B   
					ODW   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					6–40   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public Switching LAN   
					Table 6–31. Configuring Single Domain Maintenance Hub and One Switching LAN   
					Using Public Switching LAN A (Cisco 2924 XL)   
					Port   
					Destination   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					NT Server A   
					NT Server C   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server G   
					NT Server I   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					17   
					18   
					19   
					20   
					21   
					22   
					23   
					24   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 0   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 1   
					ODW   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Optional   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–41   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public Switching LAN   
					Table 6–32. Configuring Single Domain Maintenance Hub and Two Switching LANs   
					Private Maintenance Hub A (Net Gear EN516)   
					Port   
					Destination   
					Comments   
					Comments   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					SCP Console A   
					NT Server A   
					NT Server C   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server G   
					NT Server I   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					MAINTLAN Domain 0 – Port 0   
					Reserved for Redundant Hub B   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Using Public Switching LAN A (Bay Network 350 T)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					NT Server A   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server I   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 0   
					Public Switching LAN B – Port 14   
					ODW   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Using Public Switching LAN B (Bay Network 350 T)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					NT Server C   
					NT Server G   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					6–42   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public Switching LAN   
					Table 6–32. Configuring Single Domain Maintenance Hub and Two Switching LANs   
					Using Public Switching LAN B (Bay Network 350 T)   
					Port   
					Destination   
					Comments   
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 1   
					Public Switching LAN A – Port 14   
					ODW   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Using Public Switching LAN A (Cisco 2924 XL)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					NT Server A   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server I   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					17   
					18   
					19   
					20   
					21   
					22   
					23   
					24   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 0   
					ODW   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Public Switching LAN B – Port 19   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Optional   
					Using Public Switching LAN B (Cisco 2924 XL)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					NT Server C   
					NT Server G   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–43   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public Switching LAN   
					Table 6–32. Configuring Single Domain Maintenance Hub and Two Switching LANs   
					Using Public Switching LAN B (Cisco 2924 XL)   
					Port   
					Destination   
					Comments   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					17   
					18   
					19   
					20   
					21   
					22   
					23   
					24   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 1   
					ODW   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Public Switching LAN A – Port 19   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Optional   
					6–44   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public Switching LAN   
					Table 6–33 shows the assignment for a dual domain systems with one Public Switching   
					LAN.   
					Table 6–33. Configuring Dual Domain Maintenance Hub and One Public   
					Switching LAN   
					Private Maintenance Hub A (Net Gear EN516)   
					Port   
					Destination   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					SCP Console A   
					NT Server A   
					NT Server C   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server G   
					NT Server I   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					MAINTLAN Domain 0 – Port 0   
					Private Maint Hub B – Port 14   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Private Maintenance Hub B (Net Gear EN516)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					SCP Console B   
					NT Server B   
					NT Server D   
					NT Server F   
					NT Server H   
					NT Server J   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					MAINTLAN Domain 1 – Port 0   
					Private Maint Hub A – Port 14   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–45   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public Switching LAN   
					Table 6–33. Configuring Dual Domain Maintenance Hub and One Public Switching LAN (Cont.)   
					Using Public Switching LAN A (Bay Network 350 T)   
					Port   
					Destination   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					NT Server A   
					NT Server B   
					NT Server C   
					NT Server D   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server F   
					NT Server G   
					NT Server H   
					NT Server I   
					NT Server J   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 0   
					802.3 Domain 1 – LAN 1   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Using Public Switch LAN A (Cisco 2924 XL)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					NT Server A   
					NT Server B   
					NT Server C   
					NT Server D   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server F   
					NT Server G   
					NT Server H   
					NT Server I   
					NT Server J   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					17   
					18   
					19   
					20   
					21   
					22   
					23   
					24   
					802.3 Domain 0 - LAN 0   
					802.3 Domain 0 - LAN 1   
					802.3 Domain 1- LAN 0   
					802.3 Domain 1- LAN 1   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					ODW   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Optional   
					6–46   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public Switching LAN   
					Table 6–34 shows the assignment for a dual domain systems with two Public Switching   
					LAN.   
					Table 6–34. Configuring Dual Domain Maintenance Hub and Two Public   
					Switching LANs   
					Private Maintenance Hub A (Net Gear EN516)   
					Port   
					Destination   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					SCP Console A   
					NT Server A   
					NT Server C   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server G   
					NT Server I   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					MAINTLAN Domain 0 – Port 0   
					Private Maint Hub B – Port 14   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Private Maintenance Hub B (Net Gear EN516)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					SCP Console B   
					NT Server B   
					NT Server D   
					NT Server F   
					NT Server H   
					NT Server J   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					MAINTLAN Domain 1 – Port 0   
					Private Maint Hub A – Port 14   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Using Public Switching LAN A (Bay Network 350 T)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					NT Server A   
					NT Server C   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server G   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–47   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public Switching LAN   
					Table 6–34. Configuring Dual Domain Maintenance Hub and Two Public   
					Switching LANs   
					Using Public Switching LAN A (Bay Network 350 T)   
					Port   
					Destination   
					Comments   
					Optional   
					5 
					6 
					NT Server I   
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 0   
					802.3 Domain 1 – LAN 1   
					Public Switching LAN B – Port 14   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Using Public Switching LAN B (Bay Network 350 T)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					Comments   
					Optional   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					NT Server B   
					NT Server D   
					NT Server F   
					NT Server H   
					NT Server J   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 0   
					802.3 Domain 1 – LAN 1   
					Public Switching LAN B – Port 14   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Using Public Switch LAN A (Cisco 2924 XL)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					NT Server A   
					NT Server C   
					NT Server E   
					NT Server G   
					NT Server I   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					10   
					11   
					12   
					6–48   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and Public Switching LAN   
					Table 6–34. Configuring Dual Domain Maintenance Hub and Two Public   
					Switching LANs   
					Using Public Switch LAN A (Cisco 2924 XL)   
					Port   
					Destination   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 0   
					Comments   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					17   
					18   
					19   
					20   
					21   
					22   
					23   
					24   
					802.3 Domain 1 – LAN 1   
					ODW   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Public Switching LAN B – Port 19   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Optional   
					Using Public Switch LAN B (Cisco 2924 XL)   
					Destination   
					Port   
					Comments   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					NT Server B   
					NT Server D   
					NT Server F   
					NT Server H   
					NT Server J   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					9 
					10   
					11   
					12   
					13   
					14   
					15   
					16   
					17   
					18   
					19   
					20   
					21   
					22   
					23   
					24   
					802.3 Domain 0 – LAN 1   
					802.3 Domain 1 – LAN 0   
					ODW   
					ODW   
					Optional   
					Optional   
					Public Switching LAN A – Port 19   
					To customer’s public LAN   
					Optional   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–49   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Configuring Optional and Recommended UPS   
					Configuring Optional and Recommended UPS   
					The Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) option enables the system to gracefully shut   
					down in the event of a power interruption on the main supply line. The available styles are   
					listed in Table 6–35. If the site UPS does not provide power and status to the entire   
					system (CEC, APC, etc), it should provide power and status connections for the SCP’s and   
					all servers. See Figure 6–11 for single SCP/server to UPS status cable connection/site UPS   
					installation. See Figure 6–12 for dual SCP/servers to UPS status cable connection/site UPS   
					installation. If a UPS jumper cable is not listed for the installed UPS model, make a cable   
					as follows:   
					9-Pin   
					UPS Specific   
					D-Connector   
					Connector   
					(Male)   
					Battery Low   
					Signal N.O.   
					Contact   
					1 
					2 
					3 
					4 
					5 
					6 
					7 
					8 
					9 
					Ground   
					AC Fail   
					Signal N.O.   
					Contact   
					0232   
					Please note that style UPS111-EXP should be ordered for each additional NT server. It   
					contains one distribution box and the proper jumper cable to connect to the NT server.   
					When a central site UPS is used for a dual domain system with redundant SCP consoles,   
					style CBL5-UPS must be ordered separately to cable SCPA and SCPB. See Figure 6–12.   
					Table 6–35. UPS Options   
					Component   
					Style Name   
					Interconnect Configuration and   
					Cable Part No.   
					Industry-Compatible UPS Systems   
					Notes   
					UPS Jumper Cables   
					UPS915-WC1   
					UPS99-WC2   
					UPS925-WC3   
					UPS925-WC4   
					UPS99-WC5   
					15-Pin Male “D” to 9-Pin Male   
					(7015 5411-000)   
					9-Pin Male “D” to 9-Pin Male   
					(7015 6260-000)   
					25-Pin Male “D” to 9-Pin Male   
					(7015 6278-000)   
					25-Pin Male “D” to 9-Pin Male   
					(7015 5429-000)   
					Deltec PowerWorks   
					1, 2, 7   
					1, 2, 7   
					1, 2, 7   
					1, 2, 7   
					1, 2, 7   
					American Power Conversion and Phase One   
					UPS and Deltec 1000i   
					Best Power Tech   
					Exide Powerware and Powerware Plus   
					Deltec 2000   
					9-Pin Male “D” to 9-Pin Male   
					(7015 6260-002)   
					6–50   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Optional and Recommended UPS   
					Table 6–35. UPS Options   
					Component   
					Style Name   
					Interconnect Configuration and   
					Industry-Compatible UPS Systems   
					Deltec 90S   
					Deltec 6000   
					Expansion Box Options   
					Notes   
					Cable Part No.   
					UPS915-WC6   
					15-Pin Male “D” to 9-Pin Male   
					(7015 5411-001)   
					9-Pin Male “D” to 9-Pin Male   
					(7015 6260-003)   
					1, 2, 7   
					1, 2, 7   
					UPS111-EXP   
					UPS5-EXP   
					Expansion Box for Variable Length   
					Cable   
					Expansion Box with Fixed-Length   
					(5-Foot) Interconnect Cable   
					UPS/SCJ Interconnect Box   
					Any of the above   
					3, 7, 8   
					4, 7   
					Any of the above located in the same cabinet   
					or adjacent (latched together) cabinet   
					None of the above. NUL (Japan) use only.   
					UPS1000-INT   
					5, 7   
					UPS Interconnect Cables (One to One Cable)   
					CBL5-UPS   
					UPS Cable (5 ft), 7015 5403-000   
					9-Pin Female to 9-Pin Female   
					UPS Cable (10 ft), 7015 5403-001   
					9-Pin Female to 9-Pin Female   
					UPS Cable (15 ft), 7015 5403-005   
					9-Pin Female to 9-Pin Female   
					UPS Cable (25 ft), 7015 5403-002   
					9-Pin Female to 9-Pin Female   
					UPS Cable (50 ft), 7015 5403-003   
					9-Pin Female to 9-Pin Female   
					UPS Cable (100 ft), 7015 5403-004   
					9-Pin Female to 9-Pin Female   
					Any except UPS5-EXP   
					(contains 7015 5403-000)   
					Any except UPS5-EXP   
					(contains 7015 5403-000)   
					Any except UPS5-EXP   
					(contains 7015 5403-000)   
					Any except UPS5-EXP   
					(contains 7015 5403-000)   
					Any except UPS5-EXP   
					(contains 7015 5403-000)   
					Any except UPS5-EXP   
					6, 9   
					6 
					CBL10-UPS   
					CBL15-UPS   
					CBL25-UPS   
					CBL50-UPS   
					CBL100-UPS   
					6 
					6 
					6 
					6 
					(contains 7015 5403-000)   
					Notes:   
					1. Includes interconnect box (7016 0619-001), NT jumper cable assembly (7015 7789-000), and   
					configuration-specific adapter cable assembly.   
					2. One UPS interconnect cable (CBLxx-UPS) is required per UPS or add-on style. Must be ordered   
					separately.   
					3. Includes interconnect box (7016 0619-001) and NT jumper cable assembly (7015 7789-000).   
					Compatible with any of the interconnect configuration styles.   
					4. Includes interconnect box (7016 0619-001), NT jumper cable assembly (7015 7789-000), and 5-foot   
					UPS cable (CBL5-UPS).   
					5. Restricted to NUL (Japan) use. Includes interconnect box only.   
					6. See Table 6-36 to select proper cable length when going between SCP’s and servers.   
					7. The available UPS styles and expansion box options listed contain a NT jumper cable (7015 7789-   
					000) that connects to the NT server only (not used for SCP console). For additional NT server, order   
					UPS111-EXP.   
					8. Order for additional NT server.   
					9. Must be ordered separately when central site is used for dual SCP consoles.   
					The SCP jumper cable (7015 7789-001) and distribution box (7016 0619-001) used for the SCP   
					console is provided with the system under the primary and redundant console styles.   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–51   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Optional and Recommended UPS   
					Table 6–36. Status Selection Between SCP’s and Servers   
					VX1305-BSE/BSU Servers   
					FROM\TO   
					SCP A   
					SCP A   
					SCP B   
					SERVER A   
					SERVER B   
					SERVER C   
					SERVER D   
					NA   
					CBL5-UPS1   
					NA   
					CBL5-UPS   
					CBL5-UPS   
					NA   
					CBL10-UPS   
					CBL5-UPS   
					CBL5-UPS   
					NA   
					CBL15-UPS   
					CBL15-UPS   
					CBL5-UPS   
					CBL5-UPS   
					NA   
					NA   
					NA   
					SCP B   
					SERVER A   
					SERVER B   
					SERVER C   
					SERVER D   
					CBL10-UPS   
					CBL10-UPS   
					CBL10-UPS   
					NA   
					VX1505-BSE/BSU Servers   
					FROM\TO   
					SCP A   
					SCP B   
					SERVER A   
					SERVER B   
					SERVER C   
					SERVER D   
					SCP A   
					NA   
					CBL5-UPS1   
					NA   
					CBL10-UPS   
					CBL5-UPS   
					NA   
					CBL10-UPS   
					CBL5-UPS   
					CBL10-UPS   
					NA   
					CBL10-UPS   
					CBL10-UPS   
					CBL5-UPS   
					CBL15-UPS   
					NA   
					NA   
					NA   
					SCP B   
					SERVER A   
					SERVER B   
					SERVER C   
					SERVER D   
					Notes:   
					CBL15-UPS   
					CBL5-UPS   
					CBL10-UPS   
					NA   
					1. Must be ordered when central site UPS is used.   
					6–52   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Optional and Recommended UPS   
					Jumper cable for NT server   
					(Part of style UPS111-EXP)   
					7015 7789-000   
					Last   
					Server   
					P1   
					J5   
					Interconnect Box   
					7016 0619-001   
					(Part of style UPS111-EXP)   
					J3   
					J2   
					J1   
					J4   
					P1   
					Jumper cable for NT server   
					(Part of style UPS111-EXP)   
					7015 7789-000   
					First   
					Server   
					P1   
					J5   
					Interconnect Box   
					7016 0619-001   
					(Part of style UPS111-EXP)   
					J3   
					J2   
					J1   
					J4   
					P1   
					C 
					S 
					E 
					Interconnect Cable   
					7015 5403   
					(See Note)   
					P 
					C 
					- 
					C 
					O 
					M 
					M 
					1 
					V 
					i 
					d 
					e 
					o 
					S 
					C 
					S 
					I 
					SCP   
					C 
					S 
					E 
					L 
					A 
					N 
					J 
					u 
					m 
					p 
					e 
					r 
					P1   
					Ser2   
					Ser1   
					U 
					U 
					J5   
					K 
					M 
					LPT   
					Interconnect Box   
					7016 0619-001   
					J4   
					J3   
					J2   
					J1   
					(Part of style UPS111-EXP)   
					Jumper cable for SCP   
					7015 7789-001   
					(Provided with system)   
					P1   
					P2   
					Interconnect Cable   
					7015 5403   
					(See Note)   
					P1   
					Note:   
					P2   
					P1   
					Various length interconnect cables are available:   
					UPS Jumper Cable Assembly   
					7015 6260-XXX or   
					7015 5411-XXX or   
					7015 5403-000   
					7015 5403-001   
					7015 5403-002   
					7015 5403-003   
					5 Feet   
					10 Feet   
					25 Feet   
					50 Feet   
					7015 5429-XXX or   
					UPS   
					7015 6278-XXX   
					0133B   
					7015 5403-004 100 Feet   
					7015 5403-005 15 Feet   
					Figure 6–11. Single SCP/Server to UPS Status Cable Connections (Site UPS Installed)   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–53   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Optional and Recommended UPS   
					Jumper cable   
					7015 7789-000   
					(Note 3)   
					LPT   
					Ser   
					M 
					K 
					U 
					U 
					LAN   
					Ser   
					1 
					2 
					Vid   
					Last Server   
					P1   
					Interconnect Box   
					7016 0609   
					(Note 3)   
					SER 2   
					(COM 2)   
					J5   
					J3   
					J2   
					J1   
					J4   
					P1   
					Jumper cable   
					7015 7789-000   
					(Note 3)   
					LPT   
					Ser   
					M 
					K 
					U 
					U 
					LAN   
					Ser   
					1 
					2 
					Vid   
					First Server   
					P1   
					Interconnect Box   
					7016 0609   
					J5   
					SER 2   
					(Note 3)   
					(COM 2)   
					J3   
					J2   
					J1   
					J4   
					P1   
					Interconnect Cable   
					7015 5403-XXX   
					(See Note 2)   
					SCP B   
					P1   
					J5   
					Jumper cable   
					7015 7789-001   
					SER 1/COM 1   
					J4   
					J3   
					J2   
					J1   
					(Provided with system)   
					Interconnect Cable   
					7015 5403-XXX   
					(See Note 2)   
					SCP A   
					P1   
					J5   
					Jumper cable   
					7015 7789-001   
					(Provided with system)   
					Interconnect Cable   
					7015 5403-000   
					Style CBL5-UPS   
					SER 1/COM 1   
					J4   
					J3   
					J2   
					J1   
					Notes:   
					P1   
					1. UPS Jumper Cable is specific to the installed UPS:   
					Deltec   
					Phase One   
					American Power Conversion 7015 6260   
					Powerware Plus   
					Exide Powerware   
					Best Power Tech   
					PRC1000i   
					7015 5411   
					7015 6260   
					P2   
					Interconnect Cable   
					7015 5403-XXX   
					(See Note 2)   
					P1   
					7015 5429   
					7015 5429   
					7015 6278   
					7015 6260   
					P2   
					P1   
					UPS Jumper Cable Assembly   
					(See Note 1)   
					2. Various length interconnect cables are available:   
					UPS   
					7015 5403-000   
					7015 5403-001   
					7015 5403-002   
					7015 5403-003   
					5 Feet   
					10 Feet   
					25 Feet   
					50 Feet   
					7015 5403-004 100 Feet   
					7015 5403-005   
					15 Feet   
					0383F   
					3. Part of Style UPS111-EXP   
					Figure 6–12. Dual SCP/Server to UPS Status Cable Connections (Site UPS Installed)   
					6–54   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Optional and Recommended UPS   
					If a site UPS is not used, Unisys highly recommends at a minimum that a small individual   
					UPS’s provided power and status connections to each SCP in the system (2 UPS for   
					redundant SCP). For this application, a small UPS can be obtained from Unisys Direct   
					(Model PRC1000i) to supply power and status for each SCP. The interconnect box/power   
					and status cable is provided with the SCP. See Figure 6–13 and Figure 6–14 for SCP to   
					UPS cabling.   
					7015 7789-001   
					Domain 1   
					Domain 0   
					Interconnect   
					Box   
					J5   
					* 
					Interconnect   
					J4   
					J3   
					J2   
					J1   
					Cable   
					C 
					S 
					E 
					P 
					C 
					- 
					V 
					i 
					d 
					e 
					o 
					S 
					C 
					S 
					I 
					C 
					S 
					E 
					C 
					O 
					M 
					M 
					1 
					L 
					A 
					N 
					J 
					u 
					m 
					p 
					e 
					Primary SCP   
					To UPS 1   
					U 
					K 
					M 
					LPT   
					U 
					r 
					Interconnect   
					Box   
					C 
					S 
					E 
					P 
					C 
					- 
					C 
					O 
					M 
					M 
					1 
					V 
					i 
					d 
					e 
					o 
					S 
					C 
					S 
					I 
					C 
					S 
					E 
					L 
					A 
					N 
					J 
					u 
					m 
					p 
					e 
					Redundant SCP   
					7015 5403-002   
					J5   
					U 
					U 
					K 
					M 
					LPT   
					r 
					* 
					Interconnect   
					Cable   
					J4   
					J3   
					J2   
					J1   
					* 
					Connection to servers when site UPS is configured.   
					To UPS 2   
					0086   
					Figure 6–13. SCP to UPS Status Cable   
					Status   
					7015 6260   
					AC Input   
					7015 5403-002   
					To Interconnect   
					Box   
					3445 3720   
					AC to SCP   
					0001   
					Figure 6–14. Standalone (PRC1000i) UPS to SCP Cabling   
					7017 6300–005   
					6–55   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Configuring Optional and Recommended UPS   
					6–56   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Section 7   
					Connecting Other Host Systems   
					Table 7–1 lists guidelines for connecting other host systems via the I/O subsystem.   
					Table 7–1. Guidelines for Connecting Other Host Systems   
					Area   
					Software level   
					Rule/Recommendation   
					The system software must be at or higher than the level specified in the I/O   
					Configuration Guide for the specific I/O subsystem being configured.   
					• 
					• 
					Must be configured, strapped, and named in accordance with the most   
					restrictive requirements of any connected system.   
					Shared components   
					Must be accurately reflected in the system configuration files of all   
					connected systems.   
					• 
					• 
					DLPs must be qualified on all connected systems.   
					DLP access (migration   
					only)   
					DLPs must be at or higher than the level specified in the I/O   
					Configuration Guide for the specific DLP subsystem being configured.   
					• 
					The configuration must conform to the symmetrical LEM rule (see the I/O   
					Configuration Guide for details).   
					Connection considerations:   
					RFI considerations, other   
					host connections   
					• 
					The connection to a second host's DLPs via MLI must use a maximum   
					50-foot external cable length and possibly a LEM.   
					• 
					The 50-foot restriction on cable length limits the physical separation   
					between cabinets sharing MLI interconnecting cables to approximately   
					44 feet.   
					• 
					Cabinets connected via MLI cables must share the same grounding grid.   
					Burst rate considerations:   
					• 
					• 
					• 
					Direct connection: 6 MB per second or greater   
					LEM connection: Approximately 3 to 3.5 MB per second   
					Burst rate approximately 40 to 50 percent lower when transferring data   
					across LEM connection   
					7017 6300–005   
					7–1   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Connecting Other Host Systems   
					7–2   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Glossary   
					A 
					APC   
					Automatic Power Control   
					ASIC   
					ATM   
					Application specific integrated circuit   
					Asynchronous transfer mode   
					C 
					CSE   
					Common scan engine   
					central processing module (CPM)   
					The computer hardware unit that controls and executes the instructions contained in   
					object code files. Also called processing module (PM) and instruction processor (IP).   
					channel, channel adapter   
					The hardware that interfaces the CMF with external I/O devices via a standard electrical   
					protocol for data transfer, including SCSI, MLI, FDDI, 802.3, and ATM electrical protocols.   
					CIOM   
					CMOS   
					Common Input/Output Module   
					Complimentary metal oxide semiconductor   
					channel manager facility (CMF)   
					through put enhanced channel manager unit   
					CSBus   
					Channel service bus   
					7017 6300–005   
					Glossary–1   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Glossary   
					D 
					DAC   
					Direct access channel   
					DDMP   
					DIMM   
					Dual-domain, multiple-processor   
					Dual inline memory module   
					data transfer unit (DTU)   
					The subunit of an I/O module (IOM) that provides memory-to-memory data transfers for   
					use in disk caching.   
					data transfer facility (DTF)   
					enhanced DTU   
					dual domain adapter (DDA)   
					Required for dual-domain models. Enables the SCP to communicate with and synchronize   
					the operations of dual-domain systems.   
					E 
					ES   
					Enterprise server   
					F 
					F/T   
					Feedthru   
					FDDI   
					Fiber distributed data interface   
					H 
					HMP   
					Heterogeneous multi processing   
					Glossary–2   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Glossary   
					I 
					IOCB   
					Input/Output Control Block   
					I/O module (IOM)   
					(1) A hardware module that interfaces with the I/O subsystem and schedules tasks by   
					using a message protocol. (2) A group of units that control input/output on a system,   
					including the task control unit (TCU), input/output unit (IOU), channel manager facility   
					(CMF), and interface adapters (IAs).   
					I/O unit (IOU)   
					A component of the I/O module that provides input/output support functions for the   
					master control program (MCP).   
					instruction processor (IP)   
					See central processor module (CPM).   
					J 
					JTAG   
					Joint task access group   
					K 
					KIOB (I/O Bridge)   
					A component of the I/O module that provides logic for moving data to and from the   
					memory subsystem.   
					L 
					LAN   
					Local area network   
					M 
					MAINTLAN   
					Maintenance local area network   
					Mb   
					Megabit   
					MB   
					MLI   
					Megabyte   
					Message level interface   
					7017 6300–005   
					Glossary–3   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Glossary   
					MSUA   
					MSUK   
					Memory storage unit A style   
					Memory storage unit K style   
					memory storage unit (MSU)   
					One of up to three storage modules in each domain of the NX5820 that contains a 96-MB   
					expansion module (MEM96-MOD) and can be expanded to 384 MB in 96-MB increments   
					using MEM96-MOD and/or MEM96-DCM memory expansion modules.   
					O 
					OSKAR   
					Oscillator card (clock)   
					P 
					PCI   
					Peripheral connect interface   
					Processor Module (PM)   
					See Central Processor Module (CPM).   
					Q 
					QIC   
					Quarter inch cartridge tape   
					S 
					small computer system interface (SCSI)   
					An industry-standard protocol that supports the transfer of 4-to-40-MB-per-second   
					messages to low- and high-speed peripherals conforming to FIPS industry standards.   
					system console processor (SCP)   
					A processing unit that provides the processing and I/O capability for the maintenance   
					subsystem. The SCP also provides the ODT, remote, and maintenance interfaces.   
					SDSP   
					Single-domain, single-processor   
					SS   
					Super server   
					Glossary–4   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Glossary   
					U 
					UPS   
					Uninterruptible power supply   
					Unity storage device   
					USD   
					7017 6300–005   
					Glossary–5   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Glossary   
					Glossary–6   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Index   
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5821 Single-   
					Domain, Single-Processor (SDSP)   
					Configurations Models 31 through   
					
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5821-BAS   
					Single-Domain, Single-Processor   
					
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822 Basic   
					
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5822 Dual-   
					Domain, Multi-Processor (DDMP)   
					Configurations Models 32 through   
					
					A 
					
					
					
					
					
					B 
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					C 
					
					
					
					Configuration Guidelines for SCP Monitors   
					
					
					
					
					Configuring Channels, 5-7   
					Cables, 2-25   
					CD-ROM   
					
					Central Equipment Complex (CEC)   
					
					channel adapters   
					
					channel loading   
					Configuring Dual Domain Maintenance Hub   
					
					Configuring Dual Domain Maintenance Hub   
					
					Configuring Operator Display   
					
					
					channel rack   
					
					
					channels   
					
					
					
					Configuring Redundant SCP for the   
					
					
					Configuring the Private Maintenance Hub and   
					
					
					
					
					
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX Product   
					
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5620-K   
					
					ClearPath Enterprise Server NX5820 Product   
					
					Connection Package Components, ES2024R   
					
					7017 6300–005   
					Index–1   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
					 
				Index   
					Connection Package Components, ES5044R   
					
					H 
					Connection Package Components, ES5085R   
					
					
					Connection Package Components, VX1305   
					
					
					I 
					I/O cabinets   
					
					
					D 
					
					
					
					
					displays   
					
					IOM Channel Expansion, 3-10   
					
					IOM Options, 5-5   
					
					
					
					
					Dual Domain, 1-3   
					K 
					E 
					Keyboard, 1-5   
					
					
					
					ES2024R Servers, Connection Packages and   
					
					M 
					
					
					
					ES2024R Servers, Optional User Access   
					
					
					
					
					
					ES5044R Servers, Connection Packages and   
					
					
					ES5044R Servers, Optional User Access   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					models defined   
					
					mouse, 1-5   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					expansion   
					N 
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					G 
					Guidelines for Connecting Other Host   
					
					
					Index–2   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Index   
					
					
					
					Standalone (PRC1000i) UPS to SCP   
					Cabling, 6-55   
					Status Selection Between SCP’s and   
					
					
					
					supported peripherals and DLPs, 1-6   
					
					system   
					O 
					cooling, 1-2   
					
					partitioning, 1-3   
					peripheral support, 1-6   
					power, 1-2   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					
					P 
					
					
					peripheral support, 1-6   
					T 
					
					Processor Board, 6-15   
					
					
					
					U 
					Q 
					
					
					Upgrades   
					QIC tape   
					
					
					
					
					R 
					
					
					
					UPS Options, 6-50   
					
					
					
					RM5-CA4 and RM5-CA5 style channel   
					racks, 4-4   
					
					V 
					S 
					VX1305 based server   
					
					
					
					server   
					
					
					
					
					
					
					VX1305 Single-Server to Multi-Server   
					
					
					VX1505 based server   
					
					
					
					7017 6300–005   
					Index–3   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Index   
					
					VX1505 Single-Server to Multi-Server   
					
					
					VX4000-CP3 Optional User Access   
					
					VX4000-CP3 Optional User Access   
					
					VX4000-CP3 Optional User Access   
					
					VX4000-CP3 Optional User Access   
					
					Index–4   
					7017 6300–005   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				*70176300-005*   
					7 0 1 7 6 3 0 0 –0 0 5   
					Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.   
				 |